UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

2019

or

oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to

Commission file number 000-28275

PFSWEB, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

75-2837058

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

75-2837058
(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

505 Millennium Drive, Allen, Texas

75013

(Address of principal executive offices)

75013
(Zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

972-881-2900

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
NoneNone
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $.001 per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes  o    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.   Yes  o    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by checkmarkcheck mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K  (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

o

Accelerated filer

x

Non-accelerated filer

o

  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

x

Emerging Growth

Emerging growth company

o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.o

Indicated by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes  o    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 20172019 (based on the closing price as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System)Nasdaq) was $122,904,777.

$61,703,208.

There were 19,025,21819,465,753 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of March 9, 2018.


10, 2020.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Information required by Part III of this Form 10-K, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated herein by reference to the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 20182020 annual meeting of shareholders, which is expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission byon or before April 30, 2018.


INDEX

29, 2020.

Page


INDEX
Page

12

21

21

22

22

23

26

38

39

71

71

73

73

73

73

73

73

74

83

84

Unless otherwise indicated, all references


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements may appear throughout this Report on Form 10-K, including without limitation, the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” section, and include statements that involve expectations, plans or intentions (such as those relating to “PFSweb,future business, future results of operations or financial condition, new or planned features or services, or management strategies). You can identify these forward-looking statements by words such as “may,“the Company,“will,“we,“would,“us”“should,” “could,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “potential,” “project,” “seek,” “strive,” “predict,” “continue,” “target,” and “our” refer“estimate” and other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and may include assumptions as to PFSweb, Inc.,how we may perform in the future. Although we believe the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee these expectations will actually be achieved. In addition, some forward-looking statements are based upon assumptions about future events that may not prove to be accurate. Therefore, our actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements.
You should understand that the following important factors, in addition to the Risk Factors set forth in Part I, Item 1A or elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others:
our ability to retain and expand relationships with existing clients and attract and implement new clients;
our dependency upon key personnel, retaining professional staffing resources and our reliance on subcontracted services and third-party providers;
our response to competition;
exposure to credit risk of our clients
trends in e-commerce, outsourcing and the market for our services;
our customer concentration of our business and existing client mix, their business volumes and the seasonality of their business;
our reliance on the fees generated by the transaction volume, product sales and technology and agency projects and support of our clients;
our reliance on our clients’ projections, transaction volumes, product sales and financial liquidity;
whether we can manage growth and utilization of resources to generate more revenue;
our ability to finalize pending client and customer contracts;
our ability to maintain the security and privacy of our clients' confidential data;
our ability to comply with data privacy regulations;
foreign currency risks and other risks of operating in foreign countries;
the unknown effects of possible system failures and rapid changes in technology;
general global economic conditions;
uncertainty related to the potential regulatory and economic impacts of Brexit;
taxation on the sale of our products and provision of our services;
the impact of new accounting standards and changes in existing accounting rules or the interpretations of those rules;
our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries, to borrow under current financing arrangements and maintain compliance with debt covenants; and
the impact on our operations as a Delaware corporation,result of acts of God, natural disasters, pandemics and/or endemics, including the ongoing Coronavirus epidemic and its subsidiaries; referencesother catastrophic events beyond our control.
We do not intend, and undertake no obligation, to “PFS” refer collectivelyupdate any of our forward-looking statements after the date of this report to reflect actual results or future events or circumstances. There may be additional risks we do not currently view as material or that are not presently known or that are beyond our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc., Priority Fulfillment Services of Canada, Inc., PFSweb BV (Belgium)(ability to control or predict. Given these risks and its subsidiaries), REV Solutions, Inc., REVTECH Solutions India Private Limited, PFSweb Global Services Private Limited, LiveAreaLabs, Inc., Moda Superbe Limited, CrossView, Inc. and Conexus Limited; referencesuncertainties, readers are cautioned not to “Supplies Distributors” refer collectively to our wholly-owned subsidiary Supplies Distributors, Inc. and its subsidiaries; and references to “Retail Connect” refers to our wholly-owned subsidiary PFSweb Retail Connect, Inc.


place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.


PART I

Item 1.

Business

General

General

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “PFSweb,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to PFSweb, Inc., a Delaware corporation and its subsidiaries; references to “Supplies Distributors” refer to our subsidiary, Supplies Distributors, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
PFSweb, Inc., was incorporated in 1999 in the state of Delaware and maintains its corporate headquarters in Allen, Texas. All of our services are provided through our direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries as noted above. In December 1999, PFSweb consummated an initial public offering of its common stock and became listed for trading on The NASDAQ Exchange under the symbol “PFSW.”
PFSweb is a Global Commerce Solutions Company using integrated technologies, professionalServices Company. We manage the entire customer shopping experience for major branded manufacturers and retailers through two business segments, LiveArea Professional Services ("LiveArea") and PFS Operations.  LiveArea provides a comprehensive set of digital agency services to support, develop and improve business-to-business ("B2B"), business-to-consumer ("B2C") and business-to-business-to-consumer ("B2B2C") digital shopping experiences. Service areas include eCommerce strategy and consulting, omni-channel experience design, digital marketing, data strategy and technology services including development and system integration. The PFS Operations segment provides services to support or improve the physical, post-click experience, such as logistics and fulfillment, customer care and order to cash services including distributed order orchestration and payment services. We offer our services on an à la carte basis or as a worldwide networkcomplete end-to-end solution.  Major brands and other companies turn to us to optimize their customer experiences and enhance their traditional and online business channels, creating commerce without compromise.
The services we offer are primarily organized into the following categories by segment:
LiveArea Professional Services
Commerce Strategy and Consulting Services
Omni-Channel Experience Design and Digital Marketing Services
Technology and Data Strategy Services
PFS Operations
Order to Cash (Order Management as a Service)
Order Fulfillment
Customer Care


1




GLOBAL COMMERCE SOLUTIONS
LiveArea Professional Services and logisticsPFS Operations serve as the “brand behind the brand” for companies seeking to deliver global commerce solutions.increase efficiencies, enter new markets or launch optimized sales channels. As an eCommerce development firm, digital agency and business process outsourcer, we offer scalable and cost-effective solutions for brand manufacturers, online retailers and distributors across a wide range of industry segments to serve business-to-consumer (B2C), business-to-business (B2B) and business-to-business-to-consumer (B2B2C) channels. We provide our clients with best-of-breed service capabilities offeredseamless and transparent solutions to support their business strategies, allowing them to focus on their core competencies. Leveraging our technology, expertise and proven methodologies, we enable clients to develop and deploy new products and implement new business strategies or address new distribution channels rapidly and efficiently through our optimized solutions. Our clients engage us, both as a completeconsulting partner to assist them in the design of a business solution, as well as a virtual and physical infrastructure partner to provide the mission critical operations required to build and manage their business solution. Together, we not only help our clients define new ways of doing business, but also provide them the technology, physical infrastructure and professional resources necessary to quickly implement their commerce objectives. We allow our clients to quickly and dramatically change how they “go-to-market” and service their customers.
Each client has a unique business model and unique strategic objectives that often require highly customized enterprise solutions. We support clients in a wide array of industries, including health; fragrance and beauty products; cosmetics; fashion apparel and accessories; luxury goods; consumer packaged goods (“CPG”); coins and collectibles; home furnishings and housewares; consumer electronics; quick-serve restaurants ("QSR"); telecommunications; technology manufacturing; computer and office products; among others. Clients turn to LiveArea Professional Services and PFS Operations for help in addressing a variety of business needs that include strategic consulting, commerce experience design and development, customer satisfaction and retention, time-definite logistics, vendor managed inventory and integration, supply chain compression, cost model realignments, transportation management and international expansion, among others. We also act as a constructive agent of change, providing clients the ability to alter their current distribution model, establish direct relationships with end-customers, reduce the overall time and costs associated with existing distribution channel strategies, while improving customer experience via value-added distribution solutions such as gift-wrapping and product personalization. Our clients are seeking B2C and B2B and B2B2C solutions that will provide them with dynamic supply chain and multi-channel marketing efficiencies, while ultimately delivering a world-class, branded customer service experience.
Our value proposition is to serve as a seamless, well-integrated extension of our clients’ enterprises by delivering superior solutions that drive optimal customer experiences. On behalf of the brands we serve, we strive to increase and enhance sales and market growth, bolster customer satisfaction and customer retention and drive costs out of the business through operations and technology related efficiencies. As both a virtual and a physical infrastructure for our clients’ businesses, we embrace their brand values, strategic objectives and operational processes. By utilizing our services, our clients are able to:
Quickly Capitalize on Market Opportunities. Our solutions empower clients to rapidly implement their supply chain and commerce strategies and take advantage of opportunities without lengthy integration and implementation efforts. We have readily available advanced technology and physical infrastructure that is flexible in its design, which facilitates quick integration and implementation. The solution is designed to allow our clients to deliver consistent quality service as transaction volumes grow and handle daily and seasonal peak periods. Our international locations allow our clients to expand the global reach of their products.
Elevate the Customer Experience. We enable our clients to provide their customers with a high-touch, positive buying experience thereby maintaining and promoting brand loyalty. Through our use of advanced technology, we help our clients respond directly to customer inquiries by email, voice or data communication and assist them with online ordering and product information. We offer our clients a “world-class” level of service, including high-touch customer care service centers, detailed Customer Relationship Management (“CRM”) reporting and exceptional order accuracy. We have significant experience in the development of eCommerce storefronts that allows us to recommend features and functions easily navigated and understood by our clients’ customers through guided selling designs. Our technology platform is designed to ensure high levels of reliability and fast response times for our clients’ customers. Because of our technology, our clients benefit from being able to offer the latest in traditional customer communication and auto-response technology to their customers.  Our fulfillment facilities are designed for efficient multi-brand operation with an emphasis on creating branded fulfillment experiences featuring custom packaging, gift-wrapping, extensive personalization options and build-to-order and build-to-stock kitting.
Minimize Investment and Improve Operating Efficiencies. One of the most significant benefits outsourcing provides is the ability to transform fixed costs into variable costs. By eliminating the need to invest in a fixed capital

infrastructure, our clients’ costs typically become more directly correlated with volume increases or declines. Further, as volume increases drive the demand for greater infrastructure or capacity, we are able to quickly deploy additional resources. We provide services to multiple clients, which enables us to offer our clients economies of scale and resulting cost efficiency that they may not have been able to obtain on their own. Additionally, because of the large number of daily transactions we process, we have been able to justify investments in levels of automation, security surveillance, quality control processes and transportation carrier interfaces that are typically outside the scale of investment that our clients might be able to cost justify on their own. These additional capabilities can provide our clients the benefits of enhanced operating performance and efficiency and expanded customer service options.
Access a Sophisticated Technology Ecosystem. We provide our clients with access to a technology ecosystem featuring best-of-breed eCommerce technologies together in a single, integrated, Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) certified order to cash offering. Powered by leading enterprise-class software solutions, our order to cash platform is seamlessly integrated into a variety of eCommerce platforms and supporting technology components and services to provide an end-to-end eCommerce solution. Built to accelerate the implementation process, the technology ecosystem allows for flexible integrations with other technology providers and client systems.
Our Technology Ecosystem also extends beyond the digital world and into physical commerce channels. Brands and retailers today require flexible technology to control customer shopping experiences regardless of where they shop. Deploying ship from store, in-store pick up, pop-up distribution centers, or mobile point of sale capabilities are just a few examples of how we can enable brands to create a dynamic and unique omni-channel shopping experience.
Our highest value proposition is achieved when our clients engage our full end-to-end suite of services from both LiveArea Professional Services and PFS Operations. However, we provide our clients with the freedom to customize their solution or on an by selecting only certain services from our offering in à la carte basis. The servicesfashion. We believe this flexibility and willingness to create a customized solution for each client differentiates us from our competition. We also believe that bringing our deep understanding of end-to-end engagements to clients who are only using a portion of our offering is a key differentiator and brings significant value to our solutions and our clients.
LiveArea Professional Services
Through the LiveArea Professional Services business segment, we offer are organized into the following categories:

Strategicbring together a comprehensive portfolio of commerce-focused services. Key offerings include Commerce Strategy and Consulting

Strategy, Services, Experience Design and Digital Marketing Services,

Technology and Data Strategy Services. Delivering a boutique approach with world-class capabilities, we create digital experiences that deliver tangible results at scale.
Our strategic approach addresses the entire customer journey. From brand strategy and digital experiences to the day-to-day mechanics of digital marketing services, we help brands stand apart from competitors, connect with customers and drive revenue. Our end-to-end, omni-channel expertise supports a holistic marketing strategy, from awareness and attraction to conversion and optimization.

Commerce Strategy and Consulting Services

Our strategic commerce consulting practice leverages our commerce business and operational capabilities along with extensive vertical expertise to assist our clients in identifying new opportunities for channel revenue/margin growth, omni-channel alignment, digital transformation, new customer/segment acquisition, market expansion and cost savings. We also monitor emerging technologies and trends, with an eye toward measuring business impact and alignment with our clients’ end goals. With a focus on actionable strategy, we seek to optimize clients’ commerce investments while anticipating competitive opportunities and threats.
Our clients seek help navigating an increasingly complex digital landscape, lowering barriers to market for new players and an array of options for companies looking to innovate. We work closely with client stakeholders to develop data driven strategic and prioritization frameworks that drive change while providing the ability to pivot as threats or opportunities are identified. In particular, our consultants focus on three key areas that enable clients to remain competitive while taking a leadership position: commerce ecosystem management (including omni-channel alignment), digital opportunity analysis, and an agile operational model to roll out new capabilities and tactics in a measurable yet timely fashion.
Commerce Strategy. From identifying new markets and methods to drive higher revenue, to delivering competitive and market analysis, we help clients formulate strategies and tactics that work. Our consultants look to leverage existing assets, personnel, and processes wherever possible while identifying where investment is needed. We also offer roadmaps and initiative “backlogs”

prioritized for impact, including guidance on taking a phased approach. Our recommendations balance the need for achieving timely return on investment (“ROI”) against sometimes competing needs for scalability and aggressive growth.
Omni-Channel Consulting. Retail clients are concerned with increased consumer expectations for a holistic, seamless experience regardless of where or when they shop, in-store or online. We offer an array of services that help retailers meet consumer expectations across the commerce lifecycle, from customer acquisition through the transaction, order fulfillment, customer service, and loyalty. In particular, we implement tools and processes to support “endless aisle” inventory access, ship-to-store and ship-from-store capabilities, buy online and return in-store, and similar delivery scenarios. We similarly consult with retailers on leveraging digital tools within the store environment, whether enabling sales associates to “save the sale” in-store or enhancing consumers’ overall experiences.
Digital Opportunity Audits. Our consultants’ help clients identify where new digital platforms, tools, and technologies can provide competitive advantage or bridge gaps in their current operations and capabilities. Our digital opportunity audits consider the competitive landscape, industry trends, digital best practices across verticals, and cost models, providing helpful benchmarks and flagging areas of opportunity. These audits may be conducted periodically to track changes of emerging technologies and measure effectiveness.
Organizational/Operational Readiness. Many clients require organizational readiness consulting to ensure they can effectively utilize the platforms and tools we develop and implement. Providing readiness consulting is crucial to driving client satisfaction and confidence when adopting commerce platforms, particularly when business users are given new capabilities and may need to adapt existing business processes. We also provide organizational design consulting, which is often implemented in a phased approach as the client’s commerce channel grows; this may include recommendations regarding which functions to outsource and which to maintain in-house.
Platform Evaluation/Selection. Our strategists take the lead in helping clients evaluate and select the right commerce platforms and third-party offerings. We leverage our understanding of our clients' business model, goals and infrastructure, and map that against our expertise implementing all market-leading solutions. We assist clients through a process matching their requirements to platform capabilities, measure their operational ability to utilize the platforms under consideration, and provide total cost of ownership (TCO) analysis comparing initial and ongoing costs for everything from software licensing models to ongoing maintenance and upgrades.
Omni-Channel Experience Design and Digital Marketing Services
Design. We conceive and design client solutions with a deliberate focus on balancing creativity and usability, while conforming with client budget requirements. We create flagship digital experiences for global brands, offering full-service creative design and production services for a range of digital applications. Our advanced customer experience design offerings include concept development, visual design, user experience design, copywriting, interactive development and content creation.
User Experience. We architect fully responsive branded commerce sites and tools that eliminate transactional friction, reduce cognitive load and improve the shopping experience. We specialize in taking advantage of platform functionality to add one-of-a-kind interactions and design guided selling solutions that use brand expertise to walk customers through complicated purchase decisions.
Interactive Development. We believe front-end development is as much about artfully enhancing a user interaction as it is engineering pixel perfection. We turn digital designs into beautiful, functioning experiences that look and behave the way they were intended across screens and devices of all types, sizes and systems. We also use motion and interactive accents to provide users with guidance and an enhanced user experience.
Search Engine Optimization (“SEO”) & Paid Search. We seek to drive organic traffic by maintaining an in-depth knowledge of the ever-changing best practices for search engine optimization. We provide insight and advice on algorithm changes, content gaps, multi-language global expansion and competitors’ search efforts. From implementation to ongoing management, we can help brands reach customers who are actively looking for what they offer.
Affiliate Marketing. Our approach to affiliate partner marketing focuses on building relationships with reputable, appropriate online influencers. We can help clients reach customers they may not be able to reach through other channels, improving brand awareness and increasing sales quickly and efficiently. Then, through proactive program management, we can ensure ongoing optimization and continued growth. From publisher research and competitive analysis to payments, we implement and manage the entire affiliate and partner ecosystem.

Conversion Optimization. Our conversion optimization team applies an in-depth analysis of product and behavioral data on the storefront to continually optimize our client’s site. By combining analytics with the capabilities of the technology platform, we plan and execute A/B tests, optimize onsite searches, and create personalized experiences to maximize the impact of the marketing and merchandising efforts. From an audit of an existing site to building a conversion optimization roadmap, we help our clients generate more revenue and provide an ever-improving customer experience that converts shoppers into buyers.
Storefront Management. Through proven strategic merchandising methodologies, we create personalized shopping experiences that drive conversion and increase revenue. With specialized expertise in dynamic merchandising, we can draw on each customer’s history to connect these buyers with the right products and content at the right time. Our day-to-day storefront operations include product and category setup, sorting rules definition, promotion configuration and price adjustment. Working within predetermined guidelines, we incorporate best practices and make strategic decisions to achieve each client’s goals.
Email Marketing. Combining technology with proven strategies, we elevate and optimize email programs to develop personalized customer relationships. We create custom customer journeys through dynamic email, automated remarketing, automations, and subscriber segmentation. Our data focused approach reduces the costs of customer acquisition, inspires brand loyalty, and increases ROI through both larger basket sizes and higher customer lifetime value.
Digital Analytics. We provide more than snapshots of user activity through the usual charts and dashboards. We mine all available data and use advanced analysis to identify opportunities within the customer journey that will allow brands to improve the overall user experience and generate increased business. With a focus on never-ending improvement, we use the data to continuously pinpoint actions that will strengthen customer relationships and drive results across marketing channels.
Technology and Data Strategy Services
LiveArea's Technology Services

team builds world-class eCommerce solutions designed to maximize revenue opportunities. Built by a seasoned group of professionals, we combine strategy, design and technology to create innovative user experiences supported by scalable and secure technology implementations. From high-fashion apparel to CPG, our portfolio consists of brands that accept only the highest quality shopping experiences.

Order Management

We adhere to a proven methodology to deliver quality implementations to meet some of the strictest brand requirements in the industry. Our project teams are comprised of industry-leading professionals that bring eCommerce and development best practices to our clients’ custom solutions. Once live, our team applies the same level of excellence to ongoing development, site maintenance and orchestrated services.

Order Fulfillment

As an eCommerce platform-agnostic provider, we manage dedicated commerce technology practices specializing in all of the leading enterprise platforms to enable our clients’ growth. We employ a proven development methodology, led by a highly qualified team of solutions architects, web developers, project managers, and quality assurance (“QA”) specialists. When paired with our strategic commerce consulting services and our design / user experience (“UX”) and digital marketing services, we provide an entire suite of services that span strategy, creative, experience design, technology development and integration, project management, and quality assurance.

Customer Care

Commerce Development. Our technologyservices practices, partner and actively work with leading commerce platform providers, to ensure we are delivering quality services for our joint clients. We also work to achieve higher-level partner status with each provider to demonstrate our expertise and experience for each practice.
Orchestrated Services. The right people, processesand tools are essential to maintaining a high-performance commerce environment.LiveArea’s orchestrated services is a coordinated effort across all service lines and goes beyond a traditional managed service offering. LiveArea’s orchestrated services offering is integrated into an array of services to optimize, manage, and protect commerce technology. Our work doesn't stop when we launch a commerce site. Our orchestrated services team provides real-time management and monitoring to ensure our clients’ sites are always operating at peak performance. We provide Level 1/2/3 technical, business, and solutions support for optimal issue management. Our team of technologists manage day-to-day commerce operations and monitor technology continuously with best-in-class tools and practices. The result is a high performing, stable commerce infrastructure that’s always available and always operating, especially at peak performance. Our automation tools facilitate fast, accurate code deployment - whether applying a software patch or launching new features.

Financial Services

Data strategy. Our data strategy practice identifies opportunities and creates insights for our clients to assist with customer engagement. Our focus is to unearth patterns and behaviors that inform dynamic experiences that move a customer from one stage to the next in the purchasing cycle.

Quality Assurance. Whether it's a new site build, revisions to an existing commerce solution or as part of our orchestrated services offering, our team of QA experts employ a full-service test suite that includes quality assurance scripting, regression and load testing and testing automation.
Training. We provide on-site, personalized platform training from experienced subject-matter experts. Our training team empowers our clients’ business and merchandising staff with the knowledge they need to operate and optimize their eCommerce sites. Core training includes platform essentials, advanced merchandising, front-end design and developer training.
PFS Operations
Through the PFS Operations business segment, we provide the operational activities required and expected of the world's leading brands. Our solutions support direct-to-consumer (“DTC”), business-to-business (“B2B”),B2C, B2B, and retail sales channels. We have DTC and B2B experience in customizing solutions to meet the unique nuances of our clients’ internal finance, customer care, and supply chain operations. With approximately 1.6 million square feet of leased distribution space and approximately 1,100+ contact center seats across two continents, we have the global infrastructure to meet the operational needs of our eCommerce and traditional B2B clients.
We focus on three core actions: to deliver, to communicate, and to fulfill the promise behind each brand we support.
The majority of our clients are the merchants of record for the orders we process through our infrastructure on their behalf. For these clients, we do not own the inventory or the resulting accounts receivable but provide eCommercecommerce solutions and other services for these client-owned assets.

For some of our clients, we are the merchant of record for the orders we process through our infrastructure. Depending on the terms under these arrangements, we record either product revenue or service fee revenue, may own the accounts receivable and inventory and we may be compensated for all or a portion of our services through the resulting profit margin. In some of these client relationships, we purchase the inventory as the product is delivered to our facility. In other of these client relationships, the client retains ownership of inventory in our facility and we purchase the inventory immediately prior to each individual customer sales transaction. In all of these cases, we seek inventory financing from our clients in the form of extended terms, working capital programs or marketing funds to help offset the working capital requirements that follow accounts receivable and inventory ownership.

We are headquartered in Allen, Texas where our executive and administrative offices and our primary technology operations and facilities are located, and certain professional services including digital agency and technology services are performed. We operate state-of-the-art call centers from our U.S. facility located in Dallas, Texas and from our international facilities located in Richmond Hill, Ontario, Canada, Liège, Belgium, and Basingstoke, U.K. We lease or manage warehouse facilities of approximately 1.7 million square feet in Memphis, Tennessee, Southaven, Mississippi, Richmond Hill, Ontario, Canada and Liège, Belgium, allowing us

Order to provide global distribution solutions. Additionally, we engage in business development activities and provide additional digital agency services and/or technology services from our offices in Minnesota, New York, Washington, United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Bulgaria and India.

GLOBAL COMMERCE SOLUTIONS

PFSweb servesCash (Order Management as the “brand behind the brand” for companies seekinga Service)

Our order to increase efficiencies, enter new markets or launch optimized sales channels. As an eCommerce development firm, digital agency and business process outsourcer, we offer scalable and cost-effective solutions for brand manufacturers, online retailers, and distributors across a wide range of industry segments. We providecash service provides our clients with seamlessdistributed order orchestration and transparent solutionspayment processing.  Our order to support their business strategies, allowing them to focus on their core competencies. Leveraging our technology, expertise and proven methodologies, we enable clients to develop and deploy new products and implement new business strategies or address new distribution channels rapidly and efficiently through our optimized solutions. Our clients engage us both as a consulting partner to assist them in the design of a business solution as well as a virtual and physical infrastructure partner to provide the mission critical operations required to build and manage their business solution. Together, we not only help our clients define new ways of doing business, but also provide them the technology, physical infrastructure and professional resources necessary to quickly implement their business model. We allow our clients to quickly and dramatically change how they “go-to-market.”

Each client has a unique business model and unique strategic objectives that often require highly customized solutions. We support clients in a wide array of industries, including fashion apparel and accessories, fragrance and beauty products, consumer packaged goods (“CPG”), home furnishings and housewares, coins and collectibles, and technology products. These clients turn to PFSweb for help in addressing a variety of business needs that include strategic consulting, commerce creative design and development, customer satisfaction and retention, time-definite logistics, vendor managed inventory and integration, supply chain


compression, cost model realignments, transportation management and international expansion, among others. We also act as a constructive agent of change, providing clients the ability to alter their current distribution model, establish direct relationships with end-customers, and reduce the overall time and costs associated with existing distribution channel strategies. Our clients are seeking solutions that will provide them with dynamic supply chain and multi-channel marketing efficiencies, while ultimately delivering a world-class, branded customercash service experience.

Our value proposition is to become a seamless, well integrated extension of our clients’ enterprises by delivering superior solutions that drive optimal customer experiences. On behalf of the brands we serve, we strive to increase and enhance sales and market growth, bolster customer satisfaction and customer retention, and drive costs out of the business through operations and technology related efficiencies. As both a virtual and a physical infrastructure for our clients’ businesses, we embrace their brand values and strategic objectives. By utilizing our services, our clients are able to:

Quickly Capitalize on Market Opportunities. Our solutions empower clients to rapidly implement their supply chain and eCommerce strategies and take advantage of opportunities without lengthy integration and implementation efforts. We have readily available advanced technology and physical infrastructure that is flexible in its design, which facilitates quick integration and implementation. The solution is designed to allow our clients to deliver consistent quality service as transaction volumes grow and also to handle daily and seasonal peak periods. Through our international locations, our clients can sell their products throughout the world.

Improve the Customer Experience. We enable our clients to provide their customers with a high-touch, positive buying experience thereby maintaining and promoting brand loyalty. Through our use of advanced technology, we can respond directly to customer inquiries by e-mail, voice or data communication and assist them with online ordering and product information. We believe we offer our clients a “world-class” level of service, including Web-enabled customer care service centers, detailed Customer Relationship Management (“CRM”) reporting and exceptional order accuracy. We have significant experience in the development of eCommerce storefronts that allows us to recommend features and functions easily navigated and understood by our clients’ customers. Our technology platform is designed to ensure high levels of reliability and fast response times for our clients’ customers. Because of our technology, our clients benefit from being able to offer the latest in customer communication and response conveniences to their customers.

Minimize Investment and Improve Operating Efficiencies. One of the most significant benefits outsourcing provides is the ability to transform fixed costs into variable costs. By eliminating the need to invest in a fixed capital infrastructure, our clients’ costs typically become more directly correlated with volume increases or declines. Further, as volume increases drive the demand for greater infrastructure or capacity, we are able to quickly deploy additional resources. We provide services to multiple clients, which enables us to offer our clients economies of scale and resulting cost efficiency that they may not have been able to obtain on their own. Additionally, because of the large number of daily transactions we process, we have been able to justify investments in levels of automation, security surveillance, quality control processes and transportation carrier interfaces that are typically outside the scale of investment that our clients might be able to cost justify on their own. These additional capabilities can provide our clients the benefits of enhanced operating performance and efficiency and expanded customer service options.

Access a Sophisticated Technology Ecosystem. We provide our clients with access to a Technology Ecosystem featuring best-of-breed eCommerce technologies together in a single, integrated, Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) certified offering. Powered by leading enterprise-class software solutions, our platform is seamlessly integrated into our back-end operations to provide an end-to-end eCommerce solution. Built to accelerate the implementation process, the Technology Ecosystem allows for flexible integrations with other technology providers and client systems.

Our Technology Ecosystem also extends beyond the digital world and into physical commerce channels. Brands and retailers today require flexible technology to control customer shopping experiences regardless of where they shop. Deploying ship from store, in-store pick up, or mobile point of sale capabilities are just a few examples of how we can enable brands to create a dynamic and unique omni-channel shopping experience.

Direct-to-Consumer eCommerce. Established in 2008, our End2End eCommerce® solution for the DTC technology practice was dedicated to Salesforce Commerce Cloud (formerly Demandware). Through this partnership, we have deployed one of the largest international Salesforce Commerce Cloud development teams in the world and maintain a talented team of certified developers who create world-class user experiences for some of the world's leading brands. Since 2014, we have expanded the number of platforms we support to include SAP Hybris, Oracle Commerce, IBM Watson Commerce, Magento, and Shopify Plus. We have integrated these platforms with the rest of our world-class technology platform, including other best-of-breed technology partners, to create reference applications and platform frameworks that provide our clients with very high-function, platform-specific online stores. We use reference applications and platform frameworks as a starting point to quickly create a completely customized online store for our clients.

Our comprehensive offering redefines end-to-end commerce by enabling retailers and branded consumer goods manufacturers with the ability to employ a total outsourcing solution customized to their particular Commerce strategy, without the loss of site or brand control associated with earlier end-to-end outsourcing solutions.


We believe our highest value proposition is achieved when our clients engage our full suite of services from all of the categories included in PFSweb’s End2End eCommerce® solutions. However, we provide our clients with the opportunity to customize their solution by selecting only certain services from our offering in à la carte fashion if they prefer. We believe this flexibility and willingness to create a customized solution for each client is one of the ways we believe we can differentiate ourselves from our competition.

Strategic Commerce Consulting Services

Our strategic commerce consulting practice leverages our commerce business and operational capabilities along with extensive vertical expertise to assist our clients in identifying new opportunities for channel revenue/margin growth, omni-channel alignment, digital transformation, new customer/segment acquisition, market expansion, and cost savings. We also monitor emerging technologies and trends, with an eye to measuring business impact and alignment with our clients’ end goals. With a focus on actionable strategy, we seek to optimize clients’ commerce investments while anticipating competitive opportunities and threats.

Our clients seek help navigating an increasingly complex digital landscape, lowering barriers to market for new players and an array of options for companies looking to innovate. We work closely with client stakeholders to develop strategic and prioritization frameworks that drive change while providing the ability to pivot as threats or opportunities are identified. In particular, our consultants focus on three key areas that enable clients to remain competitive while taking a leadership position: commerce ecosystem management (including omni-channel alignment), digital opportunity analysis, and a “continuous beta” operational model to roll out new capabilities and tactics in a measurable yet timely fashion.

Commerce Strategy. From identifying new markets and methods to drive higher revenue to delivering competitive and market analysis, we help clients formulate strategies and tactics that work. Our consultants look to leverage existing assets, personnel, and processes wherever possible while identifying where investment is needed. We also offer roadmaps and initiative “backlogs” prioritized for impact, including guidance on taking a phased approach. Our recommendations balance the need for achieving timely ROI against sometimes competing needs for scalability and aggressive growth.

Omni-Channel Consulting. Retail clients are concerned with increased consumer expectations for a holistic, seamless experience regardless of where or when they shop, in store or online. We offer an array of services that help retailers meet consumer expectations across the commerce lifecycle, from customer acquisition through the transaction, order fulfillment, customer service, and loyalty. In particular, we implement tools and processes to support “endless aisle” inventory access, ship-to-store and ship-from- store capabilities, buy online and return in-store, and similar delivery scenarios. Likewise, we consult with retailers on leveraging digital tools within the store environment, whether enabling sales associates to “save the sale” in-store or enhancing consumers’ overall experience.

Digital Opportunity Audits. Our consultants help clients identify where new digital platforms, tools, and technologies can provide competitive advantage or bridge gaps in their current operations and capabilities. Audits can take into account the competitive landscape, industry trends, digital best practices across verticals, and cost models, providing helpful benchmarks and flagging areas of opportunity. Audits may be conducted periodically to track changes and emerging technologies and measure effectiveness.

Organizational/Operational Readiness. Many clients require organizational readiness consulting to ensure they can effectively utilize the platforms and tools we provide. Providing readiness consulting is crucial to driving client satisfaction and confidence when adopting commerce platforms, particularly when business users are given new capabilities and may need to adapt existing business processes. We also provide organizational design consulting, which is often implemented in a phased approach as the client’s commerce channel grows; this may include recommendations regarding which functions to outsource and which to maintain in house.

Platform Evaluation/Selection. Our strategists take the lead in helping clients evaluate and select the right commerce platforms, leveraging our expertise implementing all market-leading solutions. We assist clients through a process matching their requirements to platform capabilities, measure their operational ability to utilize the platforms under consideration, and provide total cost of ownership (TCO) analysis comparing initial and ongoing costs for everything from software licensing models to ongoing maintenance and upgrades.

Strategy, Design, and Digital Marketing Services

Digital Strategy. We build digital strategies to target the intersection of our client’s goals, brand and customers. Informed by in-depth and ongoing collaboration with the client, data-driven insight and practiced expertise, we craft actionable plans that deliver results. We specialize in adapting to the changing market, emerging technologies, and evolving customer behavior. Our strategy capabilities focus on brand development, digital commerce, content, and digital analytics and optimization.

Design. We conceive and design client solutions with a deliberate focus on balancing creativity and usability. We create flagship digital experiences for global brands, offering full-service creative design and production services for a range of digital applications. Breathing creativity, insight, and expertise into design-centered initiatives we ignite growth and drive digital transformation. Our


advanced customer experience design offerings include concept development, visual design, user experience design, copywriting, interactive development, and content creation.

User Experience. We architect fully responsive branded commerce sites and tools that eliminate transactional friction, reduce cognitive load, and add delight throughout the shopping experience. We specialize in taking advantage of platform functionality to add one-of-a-kind interactions and designing guided selling apps that use brand expertise to walk customers through complicated purchase decisions.

Interactive Development. We believe front-end development is as much about artfully enhancing a user interaction as it is engineering pixel perfection. We turn digital designs into beautiful, functioning experiences that look and behave the way they were intended to across screens and devices of all types, sizes, and systems. We also take every opportunity to use motion and interactive accents to provide users with guidance and delight throughout an experience.

SEO & Paid Search. We drive traffic by maintaining an in-depth knowledge of the ever-changing best practices for search engine optimization. We provide insight and advice on algorithm changes, content gaps, multi-language global expansion, and competitors’ search efforts. From implementation to ongoing management, we can help brands reach customers who are actively looking for what they offer.

Affiliate Marketing. Our approach to affiliate partner marketing focuses on building relationships with reputable, appropriate online influencers. We can help clients reach customers they may not through other channels, improving brand awareness and increasing sales quickly and efficiently. Then, through proactive program management, we can ensure ongoing optimization and continued growth. From publisher research and competitive analysis to payments, we can implement and manage the entire affiliate and partner ecosystem.

Conversion Optimization. Our conversion optimization team applies an in-depth analysis of product and behavioral data on the storefront to continually optimize our client’s site. By combining analytics with the capabilities of the platform, we plan and execute A/B tests, optimize onsite search, and create personalized experiences to maximize the impact of the marketing and merchandising efforts. From an audit of an existing site to building a conversion optimization roadmap, we help our clients generate more revenue and provide an ever-improving customer experience that turns shoppers into buyers.

Storefront Management. Through proven strategic merchandising methodologies, we create personalized shopping experiences that drive conversion and increase revenue. With specialized expertise in dynamic merchandising, we can draw on each customer’s history and intent to connect these buyers with the right products and content at the right time. Our day-to-day storefront operations include product and category setup, sorting rules definition, promotion configuration, and price adjustment. Working within predetermined guidelines, we incorporate best practices and make strategic decisions to achieve each client’s goals.

Email Marketing. Combining technology with proven strategies, we elevate and optimize email programs to develop personalized customer relationships. We create custom customer journeys through dynamic email, automated remarketing, automations, and subscriber segmentation. Our data focused approach reduces the costs of customer acquisition, inspires brand loyalty, and increases ROI through both larger basket sizes and higher customer lifetime value.

Digital Analytics. We provide more than snapshots of user activity through the usual charts and dashboards. We mine all available data and use advanced analysis to identify opportunities within the customer journey that will allow brands to improve the overall user experience and generate increased business. With a focus on never-ending improvement, we use the data to continuously pinpoint actions that will strengthen customer relationships and drive results across marketing channels.

Technology Services

PFSweb's Technology Services builds world-class commerce websites that are designed to maximize revenue opportunities. Built by a seasoned group of professionals, we combine strategy and technology to create innovative user experiences. From high-fashion apparel to CPG, our portfolio consists of brands that accept only the highest quality shopping websites.

We use a proven methodology to deliver quality implementations to meet some of the strictest brand requirements in the industry. Our project teams are comprised of industry-leading professionals that bring eCommerce and web development best practices to our clients’ custom solutions. Once live, our team applies the same level of excellence to ongoing development, site maintenance, and solutions support.

As a platform-agnostic provider, we manage dedicated commerce technology practices specializing in all of the leading enterprise platforms to enable our clients’ growth. Our expertise spans across the five major eCommerce platforms, including: Salesforce Commerce Cloud, SAP Hybris, Oracle Commerce, IBM Watson Commerce, Magento, and Shopify Plus. Our staff is ready to build custom commerce solutions on any of these platforms for our clients on a global basis. We employ a proven development methodology, led by a highly-qualified team of solutions architects, web developers, project managers, and quality assurance (“QA”) testers. When paired with our Strategic Commerce Consulting Services and our design / user experience (“UX”) and digital marketing


services, we can provide an entire suite of services that spans strategy, creative, project management, web development, and quality assurance.

Commerce Development. Our technologyservices practice partners and actively works with each commerce platform provider to ensure we are delivering quality services for our joint clients. We also work to achieve higher-level partner status with each provider to demonstrate our expertise and experience for each practice.

Managed Services. The right people, processes, and tools are essential to maintaining a high-performance commerce environment. PFSweb’s Managed Services delivers all three elements integrated into an array of services to optimize, manage, and protect commerce technology. Our work doesn't stop when we launch a commerce site. Our Managed Services team provides real-time management and monitoring to ensure our clients’ sites are always operating at peak performance. We provide Level 1/2/3 technical, business, and solutions support for optimal issue management. Our team of technologists manage day-to-day commerce operations and monitor technology continuously with best-in-class tools and practices. The result is a high performing, stable commerce infrastructure always available, always operating at peak performance. Our automation tools facilitate fast, accurate code deployment – whether applying a software patch or launching new code. We have the expertise and automation to identify and remediate issues even before events occur.

Quality Assurance. Whether it's a new site build or ongoing development, our team of QA experts employ a full-service test suite that includes quality assurance scripting and testing, regression, load testing, and automation.

Training. We provide on-site, personalized platform training from experienced subject-matter experts. Our training team empowers our clients’ business and merchandising staff with the knowledge they need to operate and optimize their eCommerce sites. Core training includes platform essentials, advanced merchandising, front-end design, and developer training.

Order Management

Our Oracle-based, custom, scalable Distributed Order Management System (“OMS”D-OMS”), is a scalable solution built for DTCB2C and B2B and order processing. We also offer a distributed order management solution utilizing the Kibo software that is tightly integrated with our internal OMS. This solution provides retailersprocessing with a complete technology solution for integrating both onlinevariety of fully-integrated B2C and offline channels.B2B payment processing and fraud management platforms and technologies. Our order management technology solutions provideto cash service provides interfaces that allow for real-time information retrieval, including information on inventory, sales orders, shipments, delivery, purchase orders, warehouse receipts, customer history, accounts receivable and credit lines. These solutions are seamlessly integrated with our web-enabled customer contact centers, allowing for the processing of orders through shopping cart, phone, fax, mail, email, weblive chat and other order receipt methods. As the information backbone for our total supply chain solution, our order management servicesto cash service can be used on a stand-alone basis or in conjunction with our other business infrastructure offerings, including customer contact financialcenter or distributionorder fulfillment services. In addition, for the B2B market, our technologyorder to cash platform provides a variety of order receipt methods that facilitate commerce within various stages of the supply chain. Our systems provideservice provides the ability for both our clients and their customers to track the status of orders at any time. Our services are transparent to our clients’ customers and are seamlessly integrated with our clients’ internal system platforms and web sites.websites. By synchronizing these activities, we can capture and provide critical customer information, including:

Statistical measurements critical to creating a quality customer experience, containing real-time order status, order exceptions, back order tracking, allocation of product based on timing of online purchase and business rules, the ratio of customer inquiries to purchases, average order sizes and order response time;

B2B supply chain management information critical to evaluating inventory positioning, for the purpose of improving inventory turns, and assessing product flow-through and end-user demand;

Reverse logistics information, including customer response and reason for the return or rotation of product and desired customer action;

Detailed marketing information about what was sold and to whom it was sold, by location and preference; and

Web traffic reporting showing the number of visits (“hits”) received, areas visited, and products and information requested.

Technology Collaboration.We have created a suite of technology services that enable buyers and suppliers to fully automate their business transactions within their supply chain using theour order management interfaces. Our collaboration technologies


operate in an open systems environment and feature the use of industry-standard Extensible Markup Language (“XML”) and Service-Oriented Architecture (“SOA”) web services, enabling customized eCommerce solutions with minimal changes to a client’s systems or our systems. The result is a faster implementation process. We also support information exchange methods, such as Applicability Statement 2 (“AS2”), Secure File Transfer Protocol (“SFTP”), Electronic Data Interchange (“EDI”), Message Queue Series (“MQ Series”), Application Link Enabling (“ALE”), and Representational State Transfer / Simple Object Access Protocol (“REST/SOAP”) over Hyper Text Transfer Protocol Secure (“HTTPS”).


Information Management.We have the ability to communicate with and transfer information to and from our clients through a wide variety of technology services, including real-time web service enabled data interfaces, file transfer methods and electronic data interchange. Our distributed order orchestration systems are designed to capture, store and electronically forward to our clients critical information regarding customer inquiries and orders, product shipments, inventory status (for example, levels of inventory on hand, on backorder, on purchase order and inventory due dates to our warehouse), product returns and other information. Our systemsclients are capable of providing our clients with customerable to utilize inventory and order information for use in analyzing sales and marketing trends and introducing new products. We also offer customized reports and data analyses based upon specific client needs to assist them in their budgeting.

Payments. Protecting our clients’ brand with secure payment processing and fraud management services is critical to a successful operation. We also provide flexible global payment options as well as gift cards, B2B invoicing and VAT services.
Our payment services are divided into two major financial management areas: 1) billing, credit, collection and cash application services for B2B clients and 2) fraud review, chargeback management and processing and settlement of credit card services for B2C clients.
Business-to-Business Financial Management. For B2B clients, we offer full-service accounts receivable management and collection capabilities, including the ability to generate customized invoices in our clients’ names. We assist clients in reducing accounts receivable and days sales outstanding, while minimizing costs associated with maintaining an in-house collections staff. We offer electronic credit services in the format of EDI and XML communications direct from our clients to their vendors, suppliers and retailers.
Direct-to-Consumer Financial Management. For B2C clients, we offer secure credit card processing related services for orders made via a client web site or through our customer contact center. We offer manual credit card order review as an additional level of fraud protection. We also calculate sales taxes, goods and services taxes or value added taxes, if applicable, for numerous taxing authorities and on a variety of products. Using third-party leading-edge fraud protection services and risk management systems, we can offer high levels of security and reduce the level of risk for client transactions.
Order Fulfillment

We design advanced pick-pack-shipdistribution operations that streamline our clients’ supply chain process and offer a flexible fulfillment distribution model. Our fulfillment team understands the value of the delivery experience by specializing in creating branded solutions with gift wrap,gift-wrap, product personalization and other brandedvalue-added services. Our distribution centers are located in the Memphis, Tennessee area, Toronto, Canada, Southampton, U.K., and Liege, Belgium to provide centrally located fulfillment throughout North America and Europe.

Advanced Distribution Facilities and Infrastructure.An integral part of our solution is the warehousing and distribution of our clients’ inventory. We receive inventory in our distribution centers, verify shipment accuracy, unpack and audit packages (a process that includes spot-checking a percentage of the inventory to validate piece counts and check for damages that may have occurred during shipping, loading and unloading). Upon request, we inspect for other damages or defects, which may include checking fabric, stitching and zippers for soft goods, or ‘testing’ power-up capabilities for electronic items as well as product specifications. We generally stock for sale within one business day of unloading. We pick, pack and ship customer orders and can provide customized packaging, customized monogramming, personalized laser engraving, high volume shrink packaging, inserts and promotional literature for distribution with customer orders. For many clients, we provide gift-wrapping services including line level gifting, customized gift-wrapping paper, ribbon, gift-box and gift-messaging.

Our distribution facilities contain computerized sortation equipment, flexible mobile pick-to-light carts, powered material handling equipment, scanning and bar-coding systems. Our distribution facilities include several advanced technology enhancements, such as radio frequency technology in product receiving processing to ensure accuracy, as well as an automated package routing and a pick-to-light paperless order fulfillment system. Our advanced distribution systems provide us with the capability to warehouse an extensive number of stock keeping units (“SKUs”), ranging from large high-end electronics to small cosmetic compacts. Our facilities are flexibly configured to process B2B and DTC orders from the same central location.


In addition to our advanced distribution systems, our proprietary pick-to-light carts, stationary pick-to-light areas and conveyor system controls provide real time productivity reporting, thereby providing our management team with the tools to implement and manage to productivity standards. This combination of computer-controlled equipment provides the seamless integration of our pick-to-light systems and mass sortation capabilities. This unique combination of technologies ensures high order accuracy for each and every customer order.

We are able to take advantage of a variety of shipping and delivery options, which range from next day service to zone skipping, to optimize transportation costs. Our facilities and systems are equipped with multi-carrier functionality, allowing us to integrate with all leading package carriers and provide a comprehensive freight and transportation management offering.

We offer reverse logistics management services, including issuing return authorizations, return carrier shipping labels, receipt of product, crediting customer accounts and disposition of returned product. We also leverage strategic partnerships to provide our clients with access to distributed returns centers that collect, consolidate, report on and forward to our central facilities returned product allowing us to accelerate credits to our clients’ customers, reduce freight costs for our client, improve customer service and reduce complexity and cost in our facilities from handling inbound returns.

Our domestic facilities provide trained security professionals from our security headquarters in Memphis, Tennessee and Southaven, Mississippi. Continual validation and the use of current and retired law enforcement professionals ensures that we employ the latest in security processes and procedures to further enhance our surveillance and detection capabilities.

Facility Operations and Management.Our facilities management service offering includes distribution facility design and optimization, business process reengineering and ongoing staffing and management. Along with our multi-brand operations in Mississippi and Tennessee, we also manage a dedicated DTC client facility on behalf of a major retailer. Our expertise in supply chain management, logistics and customer-centric fulfillment operations can provide our clients with cost reductions, process improvements and technology-driven efficiencies.

Pop-Up Distribution Centers. Temporary fulfillment centers allow our clients’ eCommerce fulfillment networks to flex during peak periods with all the benefits of regional distribution nodes, without the long-term capital costs. We can deploy full pick-pack-ship operations within weeks that run off a simple Wi-Fi network and our proprietary distributed order management technology. Deployed into any real estate space with Wi-Fi, this solution allows for temporary forward stock allocation to alleviate volume from the primary fulfillment center, shorten delivery times and lower shipping costs.
Kitting and Assembly Services.Our expanded kitting and assembly services enable our clients to reduce the time and costs associated with managing multiple suppliers, warehousing hubs and light manufacturing partners. As a single source provider, we provide the advantage of convenience, accountability and speed. Our kitting and assembly services include light assembly, specialized kitting and supplier-consigned inventory hub either in our distribution facilities or co-located elsewhere. We also offer customized light manufacturing and supplier relationship management.


We work with clients to re-sequence certain supply chain activities to aid in an inventory postponement strategy. We can provide kitting and assembly services and build-to-stock thousands of units daily to stock in a Just-in-Time (“JIT”) environment. This service, for example, can entail the procurement of packaging materials including retail boxes, foam inserts and anti-static bags. These raw material components may be shipped to us from domestic or overseas manufacturers, and we will build the finished SKUs to stock for the client. Also included is the custom configuration of high-end printers and servers. This strategy allows manufacturers to make a smaller investment in base unit inventory while meeting changing customer demand for highly customizable products.

Our standard capabilities include: build-to-order, build-to-stock, expedited orders, passive and active electrostatic discharge (“ESD”) controls, product labeling, serial number generation, marking and/or capture, lot number generation, asset tagging, bill of materials (“BOM”) or computer automated design (“CAD”) engineering change processing, SKU-level pricing and billing, manufacturing and metrics reporting, first article approval processes and comprehensive quality controls.

Kitting and inventory hub services enable clients to collapse supply chains into the minimal steps necessary to prepare product for distribution to any channel, including wholesale, mass merchant retail or direct to consumer. Clients no longer have to employ multiple providers or require suppliers to consign multiple inventory caches for each channel. We offer our clients the opportunity to consolidate operations from a channel standpoint, as well as from a geographic perspective. Our integrated, global information systems and international locations support business needs worldwide.

Customer Care

Our internal contact center operations are focused on providing essential services such as order entry, returns authorization, product inquiry and order tracking. These operations also include our iCommerce Agent (“iCA”), a customizable web-based application featuring powerful customer service tools for accessing all required customer information. Our unique multi-lingual capabilities are possible through our strategically placed locations in Texas, Belgium, U.K.U.K., and Canada.

Canada.

Customer Service Application.Through our web enabled Customer Service Application, iCA application, our unique technology leverages the client’s website investment by wrapping the Customer Service Application around the existing website. ThroughUsing iCA, agents provide customer

service functions, such as placing orders, checking order status, facilitating returns, initiating upsell and cross sell, managing escalations and gathering “voice of the customer” information to help our clients evolve with their customers’ changing needs. iCA is fully integrated into the client’s website, our data analytics platform, and our order processing system, allowing full visibility into customer history and customer trends. Through each of our customer touch-points, information can be analyzed and processed for current or future use in business evaluation product effectiveness and positioning, and supply chain planning. Through this fully integrated system, we are able to provide a complete customer care solution in a PFS customer carecontact center or on a license basis to our clients’ owned or outsourced customer carecontact centers.

Customer Assistance.An important feature of evolving commerce is the ability for the customer to communicate with a live customer service representative. Our experience has been that many consumers tell us they visited a web location for information, but not all of those consumers chose to place their order online. Our customer care contact centerservices utilize features that integrate voice, e-mail, standard mailand live chat communications to respond to and handle customer inquiries. Our customer care representatives answer various questions, acting as virtual representatives of our clients’ organization, regarding order status, shipping, billing, returns and product information and availability as well as a variety of other questions. We utilize technology that allows us to route each customer contact automatically to the appropriate customer care representative who is individually trained in the clients’ business and products.

Our web-enabled customer carecontact centers are flexibly designed so that our customer care representatives can handle either several different clients and products in a shared agent environment, thereby creating economy of scale benefits for our clients, or through a highly customized dedicated agent support model that provides the ultimate customer experience and brand reinforcement.

Quality Monitoring.Quality is essential in our client solutions. As representatives of our clients, our customer care representatives must adhere to the unique quality standards of each client for each contact type. We continually monitor the quality of our customer care representatives against each client quality standard and use the results to provide agent-level feedback to continually improve the customer care experience. Clients may participate in the quality process by remotely listening to calls, assisting in the grading of recorded calls and providing ongoing direction to improve quality standards through our calibration process.

Customer Self-Help.With the need for efficiency and cost optimization for many of our clients, we have integrated interactive voice response (“IVR”) as another option for customer contacts. IVR creates an “electronic workforce” with virtual agents that can assist customers with vital information at any time of the day or night. IVR allows for our clients’ customers to deal interactively with our system to handle basic customer inquiries, such as account balance, order status, shipment status and customer satisfaction surveys. The inclusion of IVR in our service offering allows us to offer a cost effective way to handle high volume, low complexity calls.


Financial Services

Protecting our clients’ brand with secure payment processing and fraud management services is critical to a successful operation. We also provide flexible global payment options as well as gift cards, B2B invoicing, and VAT services.

Our financial services are divided into two major areas: 1) billing, credit, collection and cash application services for B2B clients and 2) fraud review, chargeback management and processing and settlement of credit card services for DTC clients.

Business-to-Business Financial Management. For B2B clients, we offer full-service accounts receivable management and collection capabilities, including the ability to generate customized invoices in our clients’ names. We assist clients in reducing accounts receivable and days sales outstanding, while minimizing costs associated with maintaining an in-house collections staff. We offer electronic credit services in the format of EDI and XML communications direct from our clients to their vendors, suppliers and retailers.

Direct-to-Consumer Financial Management. For DTC clients, we offer secure credit card processing related services for orders made via a client web site or through our customer contact center. We offer manual credit card order review as an additional level of fraud protection. We also calculate sales taxes, goods and services taxes or value added taxes, if applicable, for numerous taxing authorities and on a variety of products. Using third-party leading-edge fraud protection services and risk management systems, we can offer high levels of security and reduce the level of risk for client transactions.

INDUSTRY INFORMATION AND COMPETITIVE LANDSCAPE

Industry Overview

Business activities in the public and private sectors continue to operate in an environment of rapid technological advancement, increasing competition and continuous pressure to improvedecrease costs by improving operating and supply chain efficiency while decreasing costs.efficiency. We currently see the following trends within the industry:

Manufacturers strive to restructure their supply chains to maximize efficiency and reduce costs in both B2B and DTCB2C markets, and to create a variable-cost supply chain able to support the multiple, unique needs of each of their initiatives, including traditional retail and electronic commerce.

eCommerce.

Companies in a variety of industries seek outsourcing as a method to address one or more business functions that are not within their core business competencies, to reduce operating costs or to improve the speed or cost of implementation.

Retailers, both traditional and e-commerceeCommerce only, partner with endproviders that offer them the most flexibility both short and long-term. The end-to-end model is a viable option for brands that are growing their eCommerce channel, or for large wholesale corporations that do not have the infrastructure to end providershandle B2C transactions. However, many companies today seek to providediversify their eCommerce operations across in-house capabilities and outsourced components on an a turnkey solutionla carte basis.  

The “seamless customer experience” is a major industry trend that retailers and brand manufacturers are embracing to support their e-commerce channels. Providers withdifferentiate and remain relevant to a global presence provide additional valuemore sophisticated consumer. As consumers desire a shopping experience that blends sales channels, the integration and flexibility of front and back-end systems and operations becomes more critical to companies pursuing an international expansion strategy.

retailers and manufacturers.

Supply Chain Management Trend

As companies maintain focus on improving their businesses and balance sheet financial ratios, significant efforts and investments continue to be made identifying ways to maximize supply chain efficiency and extend supply chain processes. Working capital financing, vendor managed inventory, supply chain visibility software solutions, distribution channel skipping, direct to consumerdirect-to-consumer eCommerce sales initiatives and complex upstream supply chain collaborative technology are products that manufacturers seek to help them achieve greater supply chain efficiency.

A key business challenge facing many manufacturers and retailers as they evaluate their supply chain efficiency, is determining how the trend toward increased DTComni-channel business activity will impact their traditional B2B and DTCB2C commerce business models. Order managementShip-from-store, pick-up-in-store, return-to-store and small package fulfillment and distributionother omni-channel capabilities are becoming increasingly important processes as this trend evolves.to accommodate. We believe manufacturers will look to outsource their non-core competency functions to support this modified business model. We believe companies will continue to strategically plan for the impact that eCommerce and other new technology advancements will have on their traditional commerce business models and their existing technology and infrastructure capabilities. Additionally, B2B opportunities exist as companies look to leverage the technology and enhanced customer experience that currently exists within eCommerce channels.

Manufacturers, as buyers of materials, are also imposing new business practices and policies on their supplier partners to shift the normal supply chain costs and risks associated with inventory ownership away from their own balance sheets. Through techniques like Vendor Managed Inventory or Consigned Inventory Programs, manufacturers are asking their suppliers, as a part of the supplier selection process, to provide capabilities where the manufacturer need not own, or even possess, inventory prior to the exact moment that unit of inventory is required as a raw material component or for shipping to a customer. To be successful for all parties, business models such as these often require a sophisticated collection of technological capabilities that allow for complete integration and collaboration of the information technology environments of both the buyer and supplier. For example, for an inventory unit to arrive at the precise required moment in the manufacturing facility, it is necessary for the Manufacturing Resource Planning systems of the


manufacturer to integrate with the CRM systems of the supplier. When hundreds of supplier partners are involved, this process can become quite complex and technologically challenging. Buyers and suppliers are seeking solutions that utilize XML based protocols and traditional EDI standards to ensure an open systems platform that promote easier technology integration in these collaborative solutions.

In addition to these traditional integration and collaboration technology environments, we are observing the emergence of a variety of solutions utilizing blockchain technologies and we will continue to evaluate the appropriate time to include emerging technology solutions into our service offering.

Outsourcing Trend

In response to growing competitive pressures and technological innovations, we believe many companies, both large and small, are focusing their critical resources on the core competencies of their business and utilizing eCommerce service providers to accelerate their business plans in a cost-effective manner and perform non-core business functions. Outsourcing can provide many key benefits, including the ability to:

Enter new business markets or geographic areas rapidly;

Increase flexibility to meet changing business conditions and demand for products and services;

Enhance customer satisfaction and gain competitive advantage;

Reduce capital and personnel investments and convert fixed investments to variable costs;

Improve operating performance and efficiency; and

Capitalize on skills, expertise and technology infrastructure that would otherwise be unavailable or expensive given the scale of the business.

Typically, many outsourcing service providers are focused on a single function, such as information technology, callcontact center management, credit card processing, warehousing or package delivery.delivery, etc. This focus creates several challenges for companies looking to outsource more than one of these functions, including the need to manage multiple outsourcing service providers, to share information with service providers and to integrate that information into their internal systems. Additionally, the delivery of these multiple services must be transparent to the customer and enableso the client to maintainmaintains brand recognition and customer loyalty. Furthermore, traditional commerce outsourcers are frequently providers of domestic-only services versus international solutions. As a result, companies requiring global solutions must establish additional relationships with other outsourcing parties.


Another vital point for major brand name companies seeking to outsource is the protection of their brand. When looking for an outsourcing partner to provide infrastructure solutions, brand name companies must find a company that can provide the same quality performance and superior experience their customers expect from their brands. Working with an outsourcing partner requires finding a partner that can maintain the consistency of their brand image, which is one of the most valuable intangible assets that recognized brand name companies possess.

Competition

We face competition from many different sources depending upon the type and range of services requested by a potential client. Many other companies offer one or more of the same services we provide on an individual basis. For operations services, our competitors include vertical outsourcers, which are companies that offer a single function solution. We compete with transportation logistics providers, known in the industry as 3PL’s and 4PL’s (third or fourth party logistics providers), who offer product management functions as an ancillary service to their primary transportation services. For professional services, we compete against Global Commerce Service Providers, and Specialists, who perform various services similar to our solution offerings. Additionally, we see competition from digital agencies providing creative, commerce strategy and system integration services. In many instances, PFSweb competes with the in-house operations of our potential clients. Occasionally, the operations departments of potential clients believe they can perform the same services we do, at similar quality levels and costs, while others are reluctant to outsource business functions that involve direct customer contact. We cannot be certain we will be able to compete successfully against these or other competitors in the future.

Although many of our competitors offer one or more of our services, we believe our primary competitive advantage is our ability to offer a full array of customized services, thereby eliminating any need for our clients to coordinate these services from many different providers. We believe we can differentiate ourselves by offering our clients a very broad range of eCommerce and business process services that address, in many cases, the entire value chain, from demand to delivery.

We also compete on the basis of many other important additional factors, including:

experience supporting a specific product vertically;

vertical industry expertise;

omni-channel strategy;

design and implementation experience;
operating performance and reliability;

ease of implementation and integration;


experience of the people required to successfully and efficiently design and implement solutions;

experience operating similar solutions dynamically;

leading edgescalable and secure technology capabilities;

experience across all major commerce packages;

global reach; and

price

price.

We believe we can compete favorably with respect to many of these factors. However, the market for our services is competitive and continually evolving, which will require PFSweb to continue to innovate and we may notinvest in both its LiveArea and PFS Operations business units to be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

Competitive Landscape

Global Commerce Service Providers. We compete with companies that provide a global solutionproviding broad strategic solutions for digital strategy services andtransformation along with commerce implementation such asservices including Accenture Digital, Capgemini/LCG, Cognizant, Deloitte Digital, CapgeminiHCL, IBM Global Business Services, Infosys, and SapientRazorfish.Publicis Sapient.

End-to-end

Commerce Specialist Service Providers. We compete with companies providing eCommerce platform-specific services including Astound Commerce, BORN Group, diconium, Gorilla Group/Wunderman Commerce, Isobar and Optaros.

End-to-End Commerce. In North America, we compete with full service commerce providers such as Trade GlobalBlue Acorn, Branded Online, and OneStop, as well as other providers such as BrandShop and Newgistics.Pitney Bowes. In the European market, we compete with companies such as Arvato, Yoox and other geographically focused providers in Western Europe.

Design

Digital Agency and Digital Marketing Services. We compete with a wide range of digital agency firms, including Fluid, Huge, AKQA,Isobar, Razorfish (Publicis), R/GA and Digitas LBI.Wunderman Thompson.

Technology Services.

Globally, we compete with a wide range of technology services providers or systems integrators, including providers such as Astound Commerce, OSF, Optaros, Gorilla Group, Object Edge, and Lyons CG.

Operations. We compete with eCommerce focused order fulfillment providers such as Radial and GEODIS (formerly OHL), as well as, depending on the client’s retail and/or supply chain strategy, Saddle Creek Logistics, Excel Logistics, FedEx Supply Chain, UPS Logistics, Kuehne + Nagel, and other “pure-play” fulfillment or callcontact center providers.

COMPANY INFORMATION

Clients and Marketing

Our target clients include traditional retailers, online retailers and leading technology and consumer goods brands looking to quickly and efficiently implement or enhance online and offline business initiatives and operations, adapt their go-to-marketdigital strategies or introduce new products, programs or geographies, without the burden of modifying or expanding their technology, customer care, supply chain and logistics infrastructure. Our solutions are applicable to a multitude of industries and company types and we have provided solutions for such companies as:

Procter & Gamble (consumer packaged goods), L’Oréal USA (health & beauty), T.J. Maxx (apparel and home fashion), Canada Goose (outdoor ASICS (sporting goods/apparel), Roots Canada Ltd. (apparel)Thrive Causemetics (health & beauty), Ricoh (printer supplies), Ralph Lauren (fashion), Xerox (printers and printer supplies), PandoraPANDORA (jewelry), Charlotte RusseMoleskine (stationery), Tommy Bahama (fashion), Anastasia Beverly Hills (health & beauty), The United States Mint (collectible coins), among many others.

We target potential clients through an extensive integrated marketing program comprised of a variety of direct marketing techniques, email marketing initiatives, trade event participation, search engine marketing, public relations, social media and a sophisticated outbound tele-sales lead generation model. We have also developed a global business development methodology which allows us to effectively showcase our various eCommercecommerce service solutions and products. We also pursue strategic marketing alliances with consulting firms, private equity firms, software manufacturers and other logistics providers to increase market awareness and generate referrals and customer leads.

Because of the highly complex nature of the solutions we provide, our clients demand significant competence and experience from a variety of different business disciplines during the sales cycle. As such, we often utilize a member of our executive team to lead the design and proposal development of each potential new client we choose to pursue. The executive is supported by a select group of highly experienced individuals from our professional services group with specific industry knowledge of, or experience with, the solutions development process. We employ a team of highly trained implementation managers whose responsibilities include the oversight and supervision of client projects and maintaining high levels of client satisfaction during the transition process between the various stages of the sales cycle and steady state operations.

Technology

Seasonality
We maintain advanced management information systemshave historically experienced seasonality due to our client mix and have automated keytheir increased business functions using online, real-time or batch systems. These systems enable us to provide information concerningvolumes which are highest in our fourth quarter which coincides with the retail peak season. We cannot predict the volume of sales inventory status, customer payments and other


operations essential for us and our clients to efficiently manage electronic commerce and supply chain business programs. Our systems are designed to scale rapidly to handle the transaction processing demands of our clients and our growth.

Many internal infrastructures are not sufficient to supportor the explosive growth in e-business, e-marketplaces, supply chain compression, distribution channel realignment and the corresponding demand for real-time information necessary for strategic decision-making and product fulfillment. To address this need, we have created PFSweb’s End2End eCommerce® platform to enable companies with little or no eCommerce infrastructure to speed their time to market and minimize resource investment and risk, and to allow all companies involved to improve the efficiencyimpact of their supply chain.

Using the various componentssuch seasonality of our collaboration technology suite, we can assist our clients in easily integrating their web sites or ERP systemsthe sales they will implement during such peak season nor those of any future client business. We expect this seasonality to our systems for real-time web service enabled transaction processing without regard for their hardware platformcontinue, or operating system. This high-level of systems integration allows our clients to automatically process orders, customer data and other eCommerce information. We also can track information sent to us by the client as it moves through our systemspossibly increase in the same manner a carrier would track a package throughout the delivery process. Our systems enable us to track, at a detailed level, information received, transmission timing, any errors or special processing required and information sent back to the client.

We have investedfuture, which may cause fluctuations in advanced telecommunications, computer telephony, electronic mail and messaging, automated fax technology, IVR technology, barcode scanning, wireless technology, fiber optic network communications and automated inventory management systems. We have also developed and utilize telecommunications technology that provides for automatic customer call recognition and customer profile recall for inbound customer service representatives.

The primary responsibility of our systems development team of IT professionals is directed at implementing custom solutions for new clients and maintaining existing client relationships. Our development team can also produce proprietary systems infrastructure to expand our capabilities in circumstances where we cannot purchase standard solutions from commercial providers. We also utilize temporary and/or contract resources when needed for additional capacity.

Our information technologybusiness operations and infrastructureoperating.

Concentration of Clients
During 2019, two clients each represented more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated total net revenues. The largest client represented $40.6 million, or 14%, of consolidated total revenues. The second largest client represented $29.5 million, or 10%, of consolidated total revenues. These are built onclients of both the premise of reliabilityLiveArea and scalability. We maintain diesel generators and un-interruptible power supply equipment to provide constant availability to computer rooms, call centers and warehouses. Multiple internet service providers and redundant web servers provide for a high degree of availability to web sites that interface with our systems. Capacity planning and upgrading is performed regularly to allow for quick implementation of new clients and avoid time-consuming infrastructure upgrades that could slow growth rates. In the event of a disastrous situation, we also have a disaster recovery plan that provides geographically separated and comparably equipped data centers that are able to recover stored data in a reasonable and effective manner.

PFS Operations segments.


Employees

As of December 31, 2017,2019, we had approximately 2,5501,800 full-time employees, of which approximately 1,6001,200 were located in the United States. We have never suffered an interruption of business as a result of a labor dispute. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good. In the U.S., Canada and India, we are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements and while our European subsidiaries are not a party to a collective-bargaining agreement, certain of them are required to comply with certain rules agreed upon by their employee Works Councils.

Our success in recruiting, hiring and training large numbers of skilled employees and obtaining large numbers of hourly employees and temporary staff during peak periods for distribution and call center operations is critical to our ability to provide high quality distribution and support services. Call center representatives and distribution personnel receive feedback on their performance on a regular basis and, as appropriate, are recognized for superior performance or given additional training. Generally, our clients provide specific product training for our customer service representatives and, in certain instances, on-site client personnel to provide specific technical support. To maintain good employee relations and to minimize employee turnover, we strive to offer competitive pay, hire primarily full-time employees who are eligible to receive a full range of employee benefits, and provide employees with clear, visible career paths.

Internet Access to Reports

We maintain a website, www.corporate.pfsweb.com, for Investor Relations. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K (and amendments, if any, to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are made available, free of charge, through the investor relations section of this website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information on this website is not incorporated in this report.


Government Regulation

We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign consumer protection laws includingand data privacy laws, protecting the privacy of our customers’ personally identifiable information and other non-public information and regulations prohibiting unfair and deceptive trade practices. Furthermore, the growth and demand for online commerce has and may continuepractices to result in more stringent consumer protection laws that impose additional compliance burdens and greater penalties on online companies.name a few. Moreover, there is a trend toward regulations requiring companies to provide consumers with greater information regarding, and greater control over, how their personal data is used, and requiring notification when unauthorized access to such data occurs. Furthermore, the growth and demand for online commerce has and may continue to result in more stringent consumer protection laws that impose additional compliance burdens and greater penalties on online companies.
These laws are increasing in number, enforcement, fines and other penalties. For example, many states and foreign countries currently require us to notify each of our customers who are affected by any data security breach in which an unauthorized person, such as a computer hacker, obtains such customer’s name and one or more of the customer’s social security number, driver’s license number, credit or debit card number or other similar personalwho could obtain customer information. In addition, several jurisdictions, including foreign countries, have adopted privacy-related laws that restrict or prohibit unsolicited email promotions, commonly known as “spam,” and that impose significant monetary and other penalties for violations.

Two such governmental regulations that have significant implications for our products and services are the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”). Please refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Report, specifically, We must safeguard the security and privacy of our client’s confidential data and remain in compliance with laws that govern such data and we may be liable for misappropriation of our client’s and our clients’ customers’ personal information, including through cyber-attacks.

In an effort to comply with these laws, internet service providers may increasingly block legitimate marketing emails. These consumerCompliance with these and any other applicable privacy and data security laws and regulations is a rigorous and a time-intensive process, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms to ensure compliance with the new data protection laws may become more stringentrules in the future andwhich could result in substantial compliance costs and could interfere with the conduct of our business. Also,
The U.K.’s exit from the European Union (referred to as “Brexit”) may add cost and complexity to our operations and compliance efforts. The effect of Brexit is uncertain, and, among other things, Brexit has and may continue to contribute to volatility of currency exchange rates, including of the euro and British pound, issues with import and export controls, trade barriers, and the movement of employees. The U.K. is an increasing number of countriesimportant geography for us and we have introduced and/or increased enforcement of comprehensivestructured our privacy laws, or are expected to do so. In Europe, a newand data protection regulationcompliance program based on the GDPR. If U.K. and E.U. privacy and data protection laws and regulations diverge, we will likely comebe required to implement alternative U.K. compliance measures and adapt separately to any new U.K. requirements.
Where to Find More Information
Our website address is, www.pfsweb.com, Information contained on, or accessible from, our website is not incorporated by reference into effect in 2018this annual report and will supersede Directive 95/46/EC, which has governed the processingshould not be considered part of personal data since 1995. The new regulation will enhance the security and privacy obligations of entities that process data of residents of members of the European Economic Area and substantially increase penalties for violations. In addition, the European Court of Justice has invalidated a decision of the European Commission that permitted our European affiliates and our European customers to transfer personal data to us and other entities inthis annual report or any filing we make with the United States that are certified underSecurities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We file with, or furnish to, the EU-US safe harbor framework. This decision, a failureSEC all our periodic filings and reports, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments if any, to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the European Union andSecurities Exchange Act of 1934).  All of our filings with the United StatesSEC are made available, free of charge, through the investor relations section of this website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, implementthe SEC or by mailing a new safe-harbor framework, and new regulations and laws in other countries that restrictwritten request to Investor Relations at PFSweb, Inc., 505 Millennium Drive, Allen, Texas 75013. Copies of any of our filings also can be obtained without charge from the export of personal data may require us to increase our IT infrastructure, maintenance and support costs.

SEC at www.sec.gov.

Item 1A.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors

Our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected by any or all of the following factors, in which event the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business


We operateare dependent on our key personnel, and if we are unable to keep our supply of skills and resources in balance with significant levelsclient demand and attract and retain skilled professionals in all our geographic locations, our business and our results of indebtednessoperations may be materially adversely affected.
Our performance is highly dependent on the continued services of our officers and other professional personnel, the loss of any of whom could materially adversely affect our business.
In addition, we need to attract and retain other highly-skilled, technical and managerial personnel for whom there is intense competition. For example, if we are requiredunable to complyhire or continually train our employees to keep pace with certain financialthe rapid and non-financial covenants;continuing changes in technology and the markets we serve or changes in the types of services our clients are demanding, we may not be able to develop and deliver new services and solutions to fulfill client demand. As we expand our services and solutions, we must also hire and retain an increasing number of professionals with different skills and expectations than those of the professionals we have guaranteedhistorically hired and retained in various geographic locations, including North America, Europe and India. We currently rely heavily on our Indian office for developers, technology architects and skilled technology workers. Increasing wages, competition for skilled employees and the imposition of certain indebtednessemployee collective rights in India and obligations ofEurope, may negatively impact our subsidiaries.

As of December 31, 2017,business and increase our total credit facilities outstanding, including debt, capital lease obligations and our vendor accounts payable related to financing of Ricoh product inventory for a client, was approximately $54.4 million.costs. We cannot provide assurance that our credit facilities will be renewed by the lending parties. Additionally, these credit facilities include both financial and non-financial covenants, many of which also include cross-default provisions applicable to other agreements. Certain of these covenants also restrict our ability to transfer funds among our various subsidiaries, which may adversely affect the ability of our subsidiaries to operate their businesses or comply with their respective loan covenants. We cannot provide assurance thatassure you we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants. A non-renewal, default under or acceleration of anyattract and retain the personnel necessary for the continuing growth of our business. Our inability to attract and retain qualified technical and managerial personnel could materially adversely affect our ability to maintain and grow our business significantly.

Our business may suffer if we are unable to hire and retain sufficient temporary workers or if labor costs increase.
We regularly hire a large number of part-time and seasonal workers, particularly during the fourth quarter holiday season and to meet temporary increases in client activity volume related to “flash sales” and other short-term marketing programs throughout our geographic locations. Any difficulty we may encounter in hiring such workers could result in significant increases in labor costs, or inability to support our clients’ business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may also hire more full-time and part-time employees to mitigate the risk of the unavailability of temporary workers, and our failure to maintain an appropriate mix of labor personnel may result in higher costs. Increases in minimum wage requirements and other competition for labor, could also substantially increase our labor costs. Although we seek to preserve the contractual ability to pass through increases in labor costs to our clients, not all of our current contracts provide us with this protection, and we may enter into contracts in the future, which limit or prohibit our ability to pass through increases in labor costs to our clients.
We are exposed to the credit facilities mayrisk of some of our clients and to credit exposures in weakened markets, which could result in material losses.
A substantial portion of our sales are on an open credit basis. We monitor individual client financial viability in granting such open credit arrangements, seek to limit such open credit to amounts we believe the clients can pay, and maintain reserves we believe are adequate to cover exposure for doubtful accounts.
In the past, there have been bankruptcies amongst our client base, and certain of our clients’ businesses face financial challenges that put them at risk of future bankruptcies. Losses resulting from client bankruptcies have impacted our operations and any future bankruptcies could harm our business and have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. To the degree that the credit markets become difficult such that clients cannot maintain financing, our clients' ability to pay could be adversely impacted, which in turn could have a material adverse impact uponon our business, operating results, and financial condition.
We have guaranteed mostface competition from many sources that could adversely affect our business; growth in our clients’ eCommerce business may make it more efficient for the client to perform our services themselves.
Many companies offer, on an individual basis, one or more of the indebtednesssame services we do, and we face competition from many different sources depending upon the type and range of services requested by a potential client. Our competitors include vertical outsourcers, which are companies that offer a single function, such as call centers, public warehouses or professional services firms such as system integrators and digital agencies. We compete against transportation logistics providers who offer product management functions as an ancillary service to their primary transportation services. We also compete against other infrastructure service providers, who perform many similar services as us. Many of these companies have greater capabilities than we do for the single or multiple functions they provide. In addition, we compete against other professional service firms that have substantial offshore operations with lower labor costs, which enable them to offer lower pricing to potential clients. In many instances, our competition is the in-house operations of potential clients themselves. The in-house operations of potential clients often believe they can perform the same services we do, while others are reluctant to outsource business functions that involve direct customer contact. We cannot be certain we will be able to compete successfully against these or other competitors in the future.

14


Table of Contents

To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of our subsidiary Supplies Distributors. Furthermore,services and the underlying network infrastructure. If we are obligated to repay any over-advance made to Supplies Distributors by its lenders to the extent Supplies Distributors is unable to do so.

adapt to changing market conditions, client requirements or emerging industry standards, our business could be adversely affected. The internet and eCommerce environments are characterized by rapid technological change, changes in user requirements and preferences, frequent new product and service introductions embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and practices that could render our technology and systems obsolete. Our business and future growthsuccess will depend, on our continued access to bank and commercial financing.

Our business and future growth currently dependin part, on our ability to access bank, vendorboth internally develop and commercial lineslicense leading technologies to enhance our existing services and develop new services. We must continue to address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of credit.our clients and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis. The development of proprietary technology involves significant technical and business risks. We currently dependmay fail to develop new product offerings and technologies effectively or to adapt our proprietary technology and systems to client requirements or emerging industry standards which could have an adverse impact on lineour business and operations.

Our operating results are materially impacted by our client concentration and mix and the seasonality of credit facilities providedour clients' business.
Our business is materially impacted by various banksour client mix and commercial lenders that provided for an aggregatethe seasonality of up to approximately $77.5 million in available financing as of December 31, 2017. These lines of credit currently mature at dates through August 2020 and are secured by substantially all our assets. Our ability to renew our lines of credit depends upon various factors, including the availability of bank loans and commercial credit in general,their business as well as the concentration of our financial conditionclients including our focus on certain primary vertical industries. Based upon our current client mix and prospects. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that these credit facilities will continue to be available beyond their current maturities on reasonable terms orprojected business volumes, we anticipate our service fee revenue business activity will be at all. Our inability to renew or replaceits highest in our credit facilities or find alternative financing would have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

fourth quarter. We are uncertain aboutunable to predict how the availabilityseasonality of additional capital.

Wefuture clients’ business may require additional capitalaffect our quarterly revenue and whether the seasonality may change due to take advantagemodifications to a client’s business. As such, we believe results of opportunities, including strategic alliances and acquisitions, and to fund capital expenditures, or to respond to changing business conditions and unanticipated competitive pressures. We may also require additional funds to finance operating losses. Should these circumstances arise, our existing cash balance and credit facilities may be


insufficient and we may need to raise additional funds either by borrowing money or issuing additional equity or both. We cannot assure you that such resources will be adequate or availableoperations for all of our future financing needs. Our inability to finance our growth, either internally or externally, may limit our growth potential and our ability to execute our business strategy. If we are successful in completing an additional equity financing, this could result in further dilution to our shareholders’ ownership or reduce the market value of our common stock.

We anticipate incurring significant expenses in the foreseeable future, which may reduce our ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

To reach our business growth objectives, we currently expect to increase our operating, sales, and marketing expenses, as well as capital expenditures. To offset these expenses, we will need to generate additional profitable business. If our revenue declines or grows slower than either we anticipate or our clients’ projections indicate, or if our operating, sales and marketing expenses exceed our expectations or cannot be reduced to an appropriate level, wea quarterly period may not generate sufficient revenue to be profitableindicative of the results for any other quarter or be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis infor the future. Additionally, if our revenue grows slower than either we anticipate or our clients’ projections indicate, we may incur unnecessary or redundant costs and our operating results could be adversely affected.

full year.

Our service fee revenue and gross margin are dependent upon our clients’ business and transaction volumes and our costs. A reduction in our clients’ ecommerceeCommerce business, or our inability to grow our business or increase service fee revenue from new or existing clients, or our inability to manage expected costs could result in financial performance shortfalls and negatively impact our operating results.

Our service fee revenue is primarily transaction and project based and fluctuates with the volume of transactions or level of sales of the products by our clients for whom we provide omni-channel services and the size and scope of projects for clients for whom we perform technology and agency services. If we are unable to retain existing clients or attract new clients, or if we dedicate significant resources to clients whose business does not generate revenues at projected levels or sufficient revenues, or whose products do not generate substantial customerclient sales, our business and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.
When making a proposal for clients or managing engagements, whether on fixed-fee or time and materials basis, we rely on our estimates of costs and timing for delivering our services, which may be based on limited data and could be inaccurate. Further, our ability to estimate service fee revenue for future periods is substantially dependent upon our clients’ and our own projections, the accuracy of which has been, and will continue to be, unpredictable. Therefore, our planning for client activity and targeted goals for service fee revenue and gross margin may be materially adversely affected by incomplete, delayed or inaccurate projections. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of fixed-price contracts, including delays caused by factors outside of our control, could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable and may affect the amount of revenue, profit and profit margin reported in any period.
In addition, most of our service agreements with our clients are non-exclusive and we cannot be assured that any of our clients will continue to use our services for any period of time. The loss of a significant amount of service fee revenue due to client terminations (including terminations related to client bankruptcies) or material reductions in the services provided to one or more clients could have a material adverse effect on our ability to cover our costs and thus on our profitability.
Our business could be adversely affected if our clients are not satisfied with our services or our third party provider services or we may incorrectly design client solutions resulting in client attrition.
Our success depends on our ability to handle a large number of transactions for many different clients in various product categories and to design client solutions that are effective and profitable. Our success also depends on our ability to satisfy our clients, both with respect to our professional services and operational eCommerce platform to meet our clients’ business needs. These services may be performed by our own staff, or by a third party or a combination of the two. Our strategy is to work with third parties to increase the breadth of capability and depth of capacity for delivery of these services to our clients. If a client is not satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or a third party or with the type of services or solutions delivered, then we could incur additional costs to address the situation, the profitability of that work might be impaired, and the client’s dissatisfaction with our services could damage our ability to obtain additional work from that client. Under the terms of several of our contracts with our service clients, we remain liable to provide such third party services and may be liable for the actions and omissions of such third party providers. Consequently, in the event our third party provider fails to provide the third party services in compliance with required services levels, or otherwise breaches its obligations, or discontinues its business, whether as the result of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise,

15


Table of Contents

we may be required to provide such services at a higher cost to us and may otherwise be liable for various costs and expenses related to such event. In addition, negative publicity related to our client relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business and reputation by affecting our ability to compete for new business with current and prospective clients and otherwise could result in a material adverse effect upon our business and financial condition.
Further, as we experience volume increases in transactions due to increased sales and/or client growth, including from client marketing programs, such as “secret sales”, “flash sales” or holiday related promotions, these often result in significant short-term spikes in transaction volumes. When this occurs, additional stress is placed upon our network hardware and software and our ability to efficiently manage our operations and available staffing resources, and we cannot assure you of our ability to efficiently manage a large number of ways.

For example,spikes in transactions. In addition, if we incorrectly design a client solution, we may incur additional costs to operate the solution, which may result in the client solution being unprofitable or otherwise not meeting our margin targets. If we are not able to maintain an appropriate level of operating performance, we may be in breach of our client contractual obligations, develop a negative reputation, and impair existing and prospective client relationships and our business could be materially adversely affected.

We may experience fluctuations in the utilization of our underlying infrastructure as a result of shifts in our client concentration, attrition or growth, some of which we may not be able to control which could adversely impact our operations and financial condition.
Our clients expect us to provide omni-channel services at the appropriate size and scope of projects based on the client’s needs, whether such needs are expanding or contracting. We must seek to maintain sufficient capacity in our fulfillment, call center and professional services operations and computer technology systems to support our projected existing and new client business activity, including seasonal volumes, and we currently plan on increasing capacity to support future projected growth. The fixed cost structure of many of these investments limits our flexibility to reduce our costs when excess capacity occurs. A reduction in our clients’ business, including from financial distress or related bankruptcies, or our inability to grow our business or increase service fee revenue from new or existing clients could result in an underutilization in our invested assets. While certain of our building leases permit early termination in advance of their regular scheduled maturity date, these early terminations wouldcould require incremental termination related payments which reduce the potential benefit of this flexibility.

Similarly, salaries and payroll-related expenses are a significant component of our costs. Balancing our workforce levels against the demands for our services is difficult. We generally cannot reduce our labor costs as quickly as negative changes in revenue may occur. We may retain underutilized employees to maintain scalability to meet client demand. We must maintain our operating efficiency and utilization at an appropriate rate to achieve our desired level of profitability. If we are unable to achieve and maintain our target efficiency and utilization rates, our profitability could be adversely impacted. Further, ifincreases in minimum wage requirements and other competitive increases in labor costs increase, this could put upward pressure on our costs and adversely affect our profitability if we are unable to recover these increased costs by increasing the prices for our services.

Moreover,

Our business is subject to the risk associated with timing of contracts, adherence to contract terms and certain recovery of costs under the contract.
The sales cycle for our abilityservices is variable, typically ranging between several months to estimate service fee revenue for future periodsup to a year from initial contact with the potential client to the signing of a contract. A potential client’s decision to purchase our services is substantially dependent upondiscretionary, involves a significant commitment of the client’s resources and is influenced by intense internal and external pricing and operating comparisons. Consequently, the period between initial contact and the purchase of our clients’services is often long and subject to delays associated with the lengthy approval and competitive evaluation processes that typically accompany significant operational decisions. Additionally, the time required to finalize pending contracts and to implement our own projections, the accuracy of which has been,systems and will continueintegrate a new client can range from several weeks to be, unpredictable. Therefore,many months. Delays in signing and integrating new clients may affect our planning for client activity and targeted goals for service fee revenue and gross margin may be materially adversely affected by incomplete, delayed or inaccurate projections. In addition, most ofcause our service agreements with our clients are non-exclusive and we cannot assure you any of our clients will continueoperating results to use our services for any period of time. The loss of a significant amount of service fee revenue due to client terminations or material reductions in the services provided to one or more clients could have a material adverse effect on our ability to cover our costs and thus on our profitability.

We may incur financial penalties if we fail to meet contractual service levels under client service agreements.

vary widely.

Many of our client service agreements contain minimum service level requirements and impose financial penalties if we fail to meet such requirements. The imposition of a substantial amount of such penalties could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. In the event we are unable to meet the service levels expected by the client, our relationship with the client willcould suffer and may result in financial penalties and/or the termination of the client contract.

We are dependent on our key personnel, and if we are unable to keep our supply of skills and resources in balance with client demand and attract and retain skilled professionals, our business, the utilization rate

Additionally, most of our professionals andclient agreements provide a contract expiration date, but many also include an early termination clause permitting the client to terminate the contract for convenience prior to its stated expiration date or to reduce the scope of services or delay the commencement of services to be provided under the contract. Termination, reduction, or delay of our resultsservices under a contract could result from factors unrelated to our work product or the progress of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our performance is highly dependent on the continuedproject, such as factors related to business or financial conditions of the client, changes in client strategies or the domestic or global economy generally. The bankruptcy, early termination, reduction or substantial delay of services of our executive officers and other key personnel, the lossany significant client, or nonrenewal of any of whom could materially adversely affect our business. In addition, we need to attract and retain other highly-skilled, technical and managerial personnel for whom there is intense competition. For example, if we are unable to hire or continually train our employees

significant client contract,

to keep pace with

16


Table of Contents

or the rapid and continuing changes in technology and the markets we serve or changes in the typesnonpayment of services our clients are demanding, we may not be able to develop and deliver new services and solutions to fulfill client demand. As we expand our services and solutions, we must also hire and retain an increasing number of professionals with different skills and expectations than those of the professionals we have historically hired and retained. We cannot assure you we will be able to attract and retain the personnel necessary for the continuing growtha material amount of our business. Our inability to attract and retain qualified technical and managerial personnel could materially adversely affect our ability to maintain and grow our business significantly.

Our business may sufferservice fees by a significant client, if we are unable to hire and retain sufficient temporary workersnot offset by an increase in other revenue or if labor costs increase.

We regularly hire a large number of part-time and seasonal workers, particularly during the fourth quarter holiday season and to meet temporary increases in client activity volume related to “flash sales” and other short-term marketing programs. Any difficulty we may encounter in hiring such workers could result in significant increases in labor costs, or inability to support our clients’ business, whichcost reductions, could have a material adverse effect upon our business, results of operation and financial condition.

Further, we generally incur start-up costs in connection with the planning and implementation of business process solutions for our clients. Although we generally attempt to recover these costs from the client in the early stages of the client relationship, or upon contract termination if the client terminates without cause prior to full payment of these costs, there is a risk that the client contract may not fully cover the start-up costs or that the client will terminate the contract for cause and withhold payment of any unpaid start-up costs. To the extent start-up costs exceed the start-up fees received, certain excess costs will be expensed as incurred. Additionally, in connection with new client contracts, we may incur capital expenditures associated with assets whose primary use is related to the client solution. There is a risk that the contract may end before expected and we may not recover the full amount of our capital costs.
We must safeguard the security and privacy of our clients' confidential data and remain in compliance with laws that govern such data and we may be liable for misappropriation of our clients' and our clients’ customers’ personal information, including through cyber-attacks.
We are subject to U.S. and foreign laws relating to the collection, use, retention, security and transfer and processing of personally identifiable information. In the provisions of our services to our clients we may be required to process personally identifiable information in means compliance and adherence to these varying data protection laws. The interpretation and application of user data protection laws are in a state of flux, and may vary from country to country or state to state in the U.S. These laws are increasing in number, enforcement, fines and other penalties. In the event of a security breach, these laws may subject us to incident response, notice and remediation costs, as well as costs associated with any investigations that might arise from federal regulatory agencies and state attorneys general. Failure to safeguard data adequately, process data in accordance with such laws or to destroy data securely could subject us to regulatory investigations or enforcement actions under federal or state data security, unfair practices, or consumer protection laws. The scope and interpretation of these laws could change and the associated burdens and compliance costs could increase in the future. Two such governmental regulations that have significant implications for our products and services are the GDPR and the CCPA.
The GDPR went into effect in May 2018, implementing more stringent requirements in relation to the use of personal data relating to European Union individuals. Personal data includes any type of information that can identify a living individual, including name, identification number, email address, location, internet protocol addresses and cookie identifiers. Among other requirements, the GDPR mandates notice of and a lawful basis for data processing activities, data protection impact assessments, a right to “erasure” of personal data and data breach reporting.
In the United States, California adopted the CCPA, which became effective in January 2020. The CCPA establishes a privacy framework for covered businesses, including an expansive definition of personal information and data privacy rights for California residents. The CCPA includes a framework with potentially severe statutory damages and private rights of action. It remains unclear how the CCPA will be interpreted, but as currently written, it will likely impact our business activities and exemplifies the vulnerability of our business to not only cyber threats but also the evolving regulatory environment related to personal data. As we expand our operations, the CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability.
Third parties are engaging in increased cyber-attacks against companies doing business on the internet and individuals are increasingly subjected to identity and credit card theft on the internet. We and our third-party service providers may not have the resources or technical sophistication to anticipate or prevent all such cyber-attacks. Moreover, techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us or our third-party service providers. If third parties or unauthorized employees are able to penetrate our network security or otherwise misappropriate our clients’ or our clients’ customers’ personal information or credit card information, or if we give third parties or our employees’ improper access to clients’ personal information or credit card information, we could be subject to liability. This liability could include claims for unauthorized purchases with credit card information, impersonation or other similar fraud claims, as well as claims for other misuses or inadvertent disclosure of personal information, including unauthorized marketing purposes or selling of data. In such circumstances, we also could be liable for failing to provide timely notice of a data security breach affecting certain types of personal information.
We rely on encryption and authentication technology to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of sensitive client information such as customer credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments may result in a compromise or breach of the measures that we use to protect client transaction data. If any such compromise of security were to occur, it could subject us to liability, damage our reputation and diminish the value of our brand-name. A party who is able to circumvent the security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in operations. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against such security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches. Our security measures are designed to prevent

17


Table of Contents

security breaches, but our failure to prevent such security breaches could subject us to liability, damage our reputation and diminish the value of our brand-name.
Compliance with these and any other applicable privacy and data security laws and regulations is a rigorous and time-intensive process, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules. If we fail to comply with any such laws or regulations, or in the event of a significant data breach, we may face significant fines, penalties and costs that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may also hire more full-time and part-time employees to mitigate the risk of the unavailability of temporary workers, and our failure to maintain an appropriate mix of labor personnel may result in higher costs. Competition for labor could also substantially increase our labor costs. Although we seek to preserve the contractual ability to pass through increases in labor costs to our clients, not all of our current contracts provide us with this protection, and we may enter into contracts in the future, which limit or prohibit our ability to pass through increases in labor costs to our clients.

Our expenses could be adversely impacted by increases in healthcare costs.

We provide healthcare benefits to our employees. Increased costs of providing such benefits, including potential impact from modifications to healthcare legislation and related regulations, could materially impact our future healthcare costs, which would adversely affect our results and cash flow.

Our business is susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

Outside of the United States, we currently maintain distribution facilities, call centers, technology centers, administrative offices and/or have sales personnel in Belgium, Canada, India, Bulgaria and U.K., and we currently intend to expand our international operations. We cannot assure you we will be successful in expanding in these or any additional international markets. In addition, we may face competition from companies that may have more experience with operations in these countries or with international operations generally. We may also face difficulties integrating new facilities in different countries into our existing operations, as well as integrating employees that we hire in different countries into our existing corporate culture. In addition to the uncertainty regarding our ability to generate revenue or profits from foreign operations and expand our international presence, there are risks inherent in doing business internationally that we have not generally faced in our U.S. operations, including:

lack of familiarity with, and resulting risk of breach of, and/or unanticipated additional cost of compliance with, foreign laws and regulations governing privacy, data security, data transfer, employment, taxes, tariffs, trade restrictions, transfer pricing and other matters;

changes in regulatory environments;

difficulties and expenses associated with localizing our services and operations to local markets, including language and cultural differences;

difficulties in staffing and managing international operations, including complex and costly hiring, disciplinary, and termination requirements;

the complexities of foreign value-added taxes and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

political, social and economic instability abroad, terrorist attacks and security concerns;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates; and

increased accounting and reporting burdens and complexities.

Additionally, operating in international market requires significant management attention and financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investments and additional resources required to establish and maintain operations in other countries will hold their value or produce desired levels of revenues or profitability. Any negative impact from our international business efforts could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition as a whole.

Our financial results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange markets.

The revenues and expenses of our international operations generally are denominated in local currencies. Accordingly, we are subject to exchange rate fluctuations between such local currencies and the U.S. dollar. These exchange rate fluctuations subject us to currency translation risk with respect to the reported results of our international operations. Significant strengthening or weakening of


the U.S. dollar against currencies like the Canadian Dollar, British Pound and the Euro may materially impact our revenue and profits. As we continue to expand our presence in India, we will have increased exposure to fluctuations between the Indian Rupee and the U.S. dollar. In addition, we have transactions with clients, as well as inter-company transactions between our subsidiaries, that cross currencies and expose us to foreign currency gains and losses. These types of events are difficult to predict and may recur. There can be no assurance that we will be able to reduce the currency risks associated with our international operations. We seek to manage our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates through our normal operating and financing activities and, if deemed appropriate, we may use derivative financial instruments. There is no assurance that we will be successful in managing or controlling foreign currency risks.

We may engage in future strategic alliances or acquisitions that could dilute our existing shareholders’ ownership, cause us to incur significant expenses or harm our business. Acquisitions can result in an increase in our operating costs, divert management's attention away from other operational matters and expose us to other risks associated with acquisitions.

We have pursued an acquisition strategy designed to enhance or add to our offerings of services and solutions, or to enable us to expand in certain geographic and other markets, and we may continue to seek appropriate acquisition candidates. We may not succeed in completing targeted transactions, or achieve desired results of operations. Furthermore, we face risks in successfully integrating any businesses we acquire. Ongoing business may be disrupted and our management's attention may be diverted by acquisitions, transition or integration activities. In addition, we might need to dedicate additional management and other resources, and our organizational structure could make it difficult for us to efficiently integrate acquired businesses into our ongoing operations and assimilate and retain employees of those businesses into our culture and operations.

We might fail to realize the expected benefits or strategic objectives of any acquisition we make. We might not achieve our expected return on investment, or we may lose money. We may be adversely impacted by liabilities that we assume from a company we acquire, including from that company's known and unknown obligations, intellectual property or other assets, terminated employees, current or former clients, or other third parties, and we may fail to identify or adequately assess the magnitude of certain liabilities, shortcomings or other circumstances prior to acquisition, which could result in unexpected legal or regulatory exposure, unfavorable accounting treatment, unexpected increases in taxes, or other adverse effects on our business. If we are inefficient or unsuccessful at integrating any acquired businesses into our operations, we may not be able to achieve our planned rates of growth or improve our market share, profitability, or competitive position in specific markets or services.

In addition, acquisitions involve further risks, such as:

lack of synergy, or inability to realize expected synergies, resulting from the acquisition;

the risk that the issuance of our common stock, if any, in an acquisition or merger, or the consolidation of an acquired company’s financial results could be dilutive to our shareholders;

acquired assets becoming impaired as a result of technological advancements or worse-than-expected performance of the acquired company;

the potential impact of the announcement or consummation of a proposed transaction on the market value of our common stock or relationships with third parties;

reductions in cash balances and/or increases in debt obligations to finance activities associated with a transaction, including future payments under earn-outs and other contingent payments, which reduce the availability of cash flow for general corporate or other purposes or impact our financial results; and

inadequacy or ineffectiveness of an acquired company’s internal financial controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and/or other policies or practices; and unknown, underestimated and/or undisclosed commitments or liabilities.

Our financial results may be negatively impacted by impairment in the carrying value of our goodwill.

Goodwill represented approximately 25% of our total assets as of December 31, 2017. The carrying value of goodwill represents the fair value of an acquired business in excess of identifiable assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date. We are required to test goodwill for impairment annually and when factors or indicators become apparent that could reduce the fair value of any of our reporting units below its book value. Such factors requiring an interim test for impairment include financial performance indicators, such as negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings, and a sustained decrease in share price. A significant downward revision in the fair value of one or more of our business units that causes the carrying value to exceed the fair value could cause goodwill to be considered impaired, and could result in a non-cash impairment charge in our consolidated statement of operations.

Our business and profitability could be adversely affected if the operations of one or more of our facilities were interrupted or shut down as the result of a natural disaster.

We operate a majority of our distribution facilities in the Memphis, Tennessee area and our headquarters and call center operations are centered in the Dallas, Texas area. We also maintain facilities in Canada, Europe and India. A natural disaster or other


serious disruption to our facilities due to fire, tornado, flood, severe weather or any other cause could substantially disrupt our operations and could impair our ability to adequately service our clients and customers. In addition, we could incur significantly higher costs during the time it takes for us to reopen or replace any one or more of our facilities, which may or may not be reimbursed by insurance. As a result, disruption at one or more of our facilities could adversely affect our business and profitability.

A breach of our eCommerce security measures could reduce demand for our services. Credit card fraud and other fraud could adversely affect our business.

A requirement of the continued growth of eCommerce is the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. A party who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or interrupt our operations. Any compromise or elimination of our security could reduce demand for our services.

We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against security breaches or to address any problem they may cause. Because our activities involve the storage and transmission of proprietary information, such as credit card numbers, security breaches could damage our reputation, cause us to lose clients, impact our ability to attract new clients and we could be exposed to litigation and possible liability. Our security measures may not prevent security breaches, and failure to prevent security breaches may disrupt our operations. The failure to adequately control fraudulent transactions on either our behalf or our client’s behalf could increase our expenses and expose us to reputational damage which wouldcould adversely affect our business.

We may be liable for misappropriation of our customers’ and our clients’ customers’ personal information.

Data security laws are becoming more stringent in the United States and abroad. Third parties are engaging in increased cyber-attacks against companies doing business on the internet and individuals are increasingly subjected to identity and credit card theft on the internet. If third parties or unauthorized employees are able to penetrate our network security or otherwise misappropriate our customers’ or our clients’ customers’ personal information or credit card information, or if we give third parties or our employees’ improper access to customers’ personal information or credit card information, we could be subject to liability. This liability could include claims for unauthorized purchases with credit card information, impersonation or other similar fraud claims, as well as claims for other misuses of personal information, including unauthorized marketing purposes. Liability for misappropriation of this information could decrease our profitability and adversely affect our business. In such circumstances, we also could be liable for failing to provide timely notice of a data security breach affecting certain types of personal information. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission and state agencies have brought numerous enforcement actions against internet companies for alleged deficiencies in those companies’ privacy and data security practices, and they may continue to bring such actions. We could incur additional expenses if new regulations regarding the collection, use or storage of personal information are introduced or if government agencies investigate our privacy or security practices.

We rely on encryption and authentication technology to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of sensitive customer information such as customer credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments may result in a compromise or breach of the measures that we use to protect customer transaction data. If any such compromise of security were to occur, it could subject us to liability, damage our reputation and diminish the value of our brand-name. A party who is able to circumvent the security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in operations. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against such security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches. Our security measures are designed to prevent security breaches, but our failure to prevent such security breaches could subject us to liability, damage our reputation and diminish the value of our brand-name.

Our insurance policies may not fully cover all losses we may incur.

Although we attempt to limit our liability for damages arising from negligent acts, errors or omissions through contractual provisions, the limitations of liability included in our contracts may not fully protect us from liability or damages and may not be enforceable in all instances. In addition, not all of our contracts may limit our exposure for certain liabilities, such as data security claims or claims of third parties for which we may be required to indemnify our clients. Although we have general liability and errors and omissions insurance coverage, this coverage may not continue to be available on terms reasonable to us or in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, and our insurers may disclaim coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that are excluded from our insurance coverage or that exceed our available insurance coverage, or changes in our insurance policies (including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements), could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Changes

Our financial results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange markets.
The revenues and expenses of our international operations generally are denominated in local currencies. Accordingly, we are subject to exchange rate fluctuations between such local currencies and the U.S. dollar. These exchange rate fluctuations subject us to currency translation risk with respect to the reported results of our international operations. Significant strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar against currencies like the Canadian Dollar, British Pound and the Euro may materially impact our revenue and profits. As we continue to expand our presence in India, we will have increased exposure to fluctuations between the Indian Rupee and the U.S. dollar. In addition, we have transactions with clients, as well as inter-company transactions between our subsidiaries, that cross currencies and expose us to foreign currency gains and losses. These types of events are difficult to predict and may recur. There can be no assurance that we will be able to reduce the currency risks associated with our international operations. We seek to manage our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates through our normal operating and financing activities and, if deemed appropriate, we may use derivative financial instruments. There is no assurance that we will be successful in managing or controlling foreign currency risks.
Our business is susceptible to risks associated with international operations, including those related to Brexit.
Outside of the United States, we currently maintain distribution facilities, call centers, technology centers, administrative offices and/or have sales personnel in Belgium, Canada, India, Bulgaria and U.K., and we currently intend to expand our international operations. We cannot assure you we will be successful in expanding in these or any additional international markets. In addition, we may face competition from companies that may have more experience with operations in these countries or with international operations generally. We may also face difficulties integrating new facilities in different countries into our existing operations, as well as integrating employees that we hire in different countries into our existing corporate culture. In addition to the uncertainty regarding our ability to generate revenue or profits from foreign operations and expand our international presence, there are risks inherent in doing business internationally that we have not generally faced in our U.S. operations, including:

18


Table of Contents

lack of familiarity with, and resulting risk of breach of, and/or unanticipated additional cost of compliance with, foreign laws and regulations governing privacy, data security, data transfer, employment, taxes, tariffs, trade restrictions, transfer pricing and other matters;
changes in local tax and customs duty laws or changes in the enforcement, application or interpretation of such laws;
potential for violations of anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as those related to bribery and fraud;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
difficulties and expenses associated with localizing our services and operations to local markets, including language and cultural differences;
difficulties in staffing and managing international operations, including complex and costly hiring, disciplinary and termination requirements;
the impact upon our clients, international firms and global economies arising from the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union (or “Brexit”) and surrounding uncertainty, and the political, economic and commercial responses related to such events, including related instability in global financial and foreign exchange markets, including volatility in the value of the British pound and European euro, legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations and the absence of established trade agreements between the U.K. and other E.U. countries;
the complexities of foreign value-added taxes and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;
reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;
political, social and economic instability abroad, terrorist attacks and security concerns; and
increased accounting and reporting burdens and complexities.
Additionally, the U.K. is one of our larger markets in Europe. We currently ship products for U.K. clients from our continental Europe location, as well as our new facility in Southampton, U.K. If the U.K.'s exit from the E.U. results in greater restrictions on imports and exports between the U.K. and the E.U. or increased regulatory scrutiny, or user concernscomplexity, then our operations and financial results could be negatively impacted. The uncertainty regarding privacy and protectionthe final terms of user data couldthe agreement related to Brexit may adversely affect our business.

international operations by, among other things, increasing our costs and reducing the volume of our client activities.

Further, operating in any international markets requires significant management attention and financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investments and additional resources required to establish and maintain operations in other countries will hold their value or produce desired levels of revenues or profitability. Any negative impact from our international business efforts could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition as a whole.
Our business and profitability could be adversely affected if the operations of one or more of our facilities were interrupted or shut down as the result of acts of God, natural disasters, pandemics and/or endemics and other catastrophic events beyond our control.
Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our distribution facilities, client service centers, computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems against interruption, damage and failures. Our business operations are subject to U.S.serious disruptions, interruption and foreign laws relating topossible cessation of services by acts of God, natural disasters, fire, tornado, flood, power shortages, terrorism, strikes, pandemics and endemics (including the collection, use, retention, security and transfer of personally identifiable information. The interpretation and application of user data protection laws are in a state of flux, and may vary from country to country. In many cases, these laws apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between or among ourselves, our subsidiariesongoing Coronavirus epidemic), equipment malfunctions, system failures and other parties with whichevents beyond our control. Although we have commercial relations. Further, these laws continuemaintain crisis management and disaster response plans, such events could make it difficult or impossible or substantially disrupt our ability for us to develop in ways


we cannot predict anddeliver our services to our clients, which may adversely impactbe due to (i) the inability of personnel to come to work to perform services, (ii) personnel being incapacitated to work, and/or (iii) third party vendors and suppliers inability to provide materials and/or services required for us to perform our business. For example, new lawsservices which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we could incur significantly higher costs during the time it takes for us to reopen or regulations, in particular, financialreplace any one or privacy lawsmore of our facilities, personnel, vendors and/ supplier services which may or regulations,may not be reimbursed by insurance.


19


Table of Contents

Our clients’ businesses may also be harmed from any system or equipment failures we experience as a result of the same acts of God, natural disasters, fire, tornado, flood, power shortages, terrorism, strikes, pandemics and endemics  (including the ongoing Coronavirus epidemic) and other events beyond our control. In that event, our relationship with these clients may be enacted in jurisdictions in whichadversely affected, we do business that require data (including customer information, transaction data or other information) to be stored locally on servers in that jurisdiction and/or prohibit such data from being transmitted outside of that jurisdiction, which would increase our operational costs or capital expendituresmay lose these clients, and potentially impact the performance or availability of our services and/or our ability to use or process customer data.

On October 6, 2015, the Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”) invalidated the long–standing U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework, which previously established means for legitimizing the transfer of personal data by U.S. companies from the European Economic Area (“the EEA”) to the U.S. The EU Parliament approved General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR (Regulation (EU) 2016/679) on April 14, 2016. This regulation replaces the Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC and is designed to harmonize data privacy across EU members and protect the privacy of EU citizens. In light of the CJEU decision, we are reviewing our business practices and may find it necessary or desirable to make changes to our handling of personal data to comply withattract new requirements under applicable European law. Weclients may be unsuccessful in establishing legitimate means for our transfer and receipt of personal data from the EEA or otherwise responding to the CJEU decision or new European requirements,adversely affected and we may experience reluctance or refusal by current or prospective European customerscould be exposed to use our services. We may be required to assume additional liabilities or incur additional costs, and our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. Because of the uncertainty arising from the CJEU decision, we may face a risk of enforcement actions by data protection authorities in the EEA. Any such enforcement actions could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, distract management and technical personnel and negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

liability.

We or our clients may be a party to litigation involving our eCommerce intellectual property rights. If third parties claim we or our clients are infringing their intellectual property rights,right under the indemnification obligations within our contracts with our clients and business partners, we could incur significant litigation costs and be required to pay damages, or changewhich may have a material adverse effect upon our business, or incur licensing expenses.

results of operations and financial condition.

Third parties have asserted, and may in the future assert, that our business or the technologies we use infringe on their intellectual property rights. As a result, we or our clients may be subject to intellectual property legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We cannot predict whether third parties will assert claims of infringement in the future or whether any future claims will prevent us from offering popular products or services. If we or our clients are found to infringe, we may be required to pay monetary damages, which could include treble damages and attorneys’ fees for any infringement that is found to be willful, and either be enjoined or required to pay ongoing royalties with respect to any technologies found to infringe. Further, as a result of infringement claims either against us or our clients, we may be required, or deem it advisable, to develop non-infringing technology, which could be costly and time consuming, or enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may be unavailable on terms that are acceptable, or at all. If a third party successfully asserts an infringement claim against us or our clients and we are enjoined or required to pay monetary damages or royalties or we are unable to develop suitable non-infringing alternatives or license the infringed or similar technology on reasonable terms on a timely basis, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed.

We rely on third party providers for a portion of

Under our client services, and we are subject to various risks and liabilities if we are unable to continue our relationship with such providers, such providers do not provide the third party services or provide them in a manner that does not meet required service levels.

We currently, and may in the future, rely on third party providers to provide various material portions of our solution service offering. If our business relationship with a third-party provider of a material portion of our solution service offering is negatively affected, or is terminated, we might not be able to deliver the corresponding service offering to our clients, which could cause us to lose clients and future business, reducing our revenues. Under the terms of several of our contracts with our service clients, we remain liable to provide such third party services and may be liable for the actions and omissions of such third party providers. In certain instances, certain clients prepay in advance a portion of the service fees payable in respect of the third party services, and, under certain circumstances, including our breach or the breach by our third party provider of our or their respective obligations, we are liable to refund all or a portion of such prepaid fees. Consequently, in the event our third party provider fails to provide the third party services in compliance with required services levels, or otherwise breaches its obligations, or discontinues its business, whether as the result of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise, we may be required to provide such services at a higher cost to us and may otherwise be liable for various costs and expenses related to such event. In addition, any such failure may damage our reputation and otherwise result in a material adverse effect upon our business and financial condition.

We may incur liability for indemnification obligations under our contracts with our clients and business partners, which may have a material adverse effect upon our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We include indemnification provisions in the contracts that we enter into with our clients and business partners. Generally, the provisions require uspartners, we are generally required to defend against claims arising out of our infringement of third-party intellectual property rights, breach of contractual obligations and/or unlawful or otherwise culpable conduct, including breach of data security. The indemnity obligations generally cover damages, costs and attorneys’ fees arising out of such claims. In many instances, our indemnification obligations to our clients include the actions or omissions of our third-party service providers. Although we seek to limit our total liability under such


provisions to either a portion of the value of the contract or a specified, agreed-upon amount, in some cases our total liability under such provisions is unlimited. Although in many cases our third party service providers indemnify us for their actions and omissions, such providers may dispute or be unable to satisfy their indemnification obligation to us. In addition, our indemnification obligation to our clients may be broader in scope, or may be subject to larger limitations of liability, than the indemnification obligation of our third party service providers to us. In most cases, the term of the indemnity provision is perpetual. If we are required to indemnify a claim in a material amount, or if a series of indemnification claims are in the aggregate a material amount, we may be required to expend significant resources to defend the claims, which may have a material adverse effect upon our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is subject to the risk of customer and supplier concentration.

Most of our client agreements state a contract expiration date, but many also include an early termination clause permitting the client to terminate the contract for convenience prior to its stated expiration date or to reduce the scope of services or delay the commencement of services to be provided under the contract. Termination, reduction, or delay of our services under a contract could result from factors unrelated to our work product or the progress of the project, such as factors related to business or financial conditions of the client, changes in client strategies or the domestic or global economy generally. The early termination, reduction or substantial delay of services any significant client, or nonrenewal of any significant client contract, or the nonpayment of a material amount of our service fees by a significant client, could have a material adverse effect upon our business, results of operation and financial condition.

The majority of our Supplies Distributors product revenue is generated by sales of product purchased under distributor agreements with Ricoh Company Limited and Ricoh USA, Inc., a strategic business unit within the Ricoh Family Group of Companies (collectively hereafter referred to as “Ricoh”). These agreements are terminable at will and no assurance can be given that Ricoh will continue the distributor agreements with Supplies Distributors. Supplies Distributors does not have its own sales force and relies upon Ricoh’s sales force and product demand generation activities for its sale of Ricoh product. As a result of certain operational restructuring of its business and its discontinuance of certain product lines, Ricoh has implemented, and will continue to implement, certain changes in the sale and distribution of Ricoh products. The changes have resulted, and are expected to continue to result, in reduced revenues and profitability for Supplies Distributors. Further material reduction in the Ricoh business may have a material adverse effect on Supplies Distributors’ business and the termination of the Ricoh business would adversely affect our overall profitability.

Our operating results are materially impacted by our client mix and the seasonality of their business.

Our business is materially impacted by our client mix and the seasonality of their business. Based upon our current client mix and their current projected business volumes, we anticipate our service fee revenue business activity will be at its highest in our fourth quarter. We are unable to predict how the seasonality of future clients’ business may affect our quarterly revenue and whether the seasonality may change due to modifications to a client’s business. As such, we believe results of operations for a quarterly period may not be indicative of the results for any other quarter or for the full year.

Our systems may not accommodate significant growth in our number of clients; we may incorrectly design client solutions.

Our success depends on our ability to handle a large number of transactions for many different clients in various product categories and to design client solutions that are effective and profitable. We expect the volume of transactions will increase significantly as we expand our operations. In addition, client marketing programs, such as “secret sales”, “flash sales” or holiday related promotions often result in significant short-term spikes in transaction volumes. When this occurs, additional stress is placed upon our network hardware and software and our ability to efficiently manage our operations, and we cannot assure you of our ability to efficiently manage a large number of transactions. In addition, if we incorrectly design a client solution, we may incur additional costs to operate the solution, which may result in the client solution being unprofitable or otherwise not meeting our margin targets. If we are not able to maintain an appropriate level of operating performance, we may be in breach of our client contractual obligations, develop a negative reputation, and impair existing and prospective client relationships and our business would be materially adversely affected.

We may not be able to recover all or a portion of our start-up costs associated with one or more of our clients.

We generally incur start-up costs in connection with the planning and implementation of business process solutions for our clients. Although we generally attempt to recover these costs from the client in the early stages of the client relationship, or upon contract termination if the client terminates without cause prior to full amortization of these costs, there is a risk that the client contract may not fully cover the start-up costs or that the client will terminate the contract for cause and withhold payment of any unamortized start-up costs. To the extent start-up costs exceed the start-up fees received, certain excess costs will be expensed as incurred. Additionally, in connection with new client contracts, we may incur capital expenditures associated with assets whose primary use is related to the client solution. There is a risk that the contract may end before expected and we may not recover the full amount of our capital costs.


We face competition from many sources that could adversely affect our business; growth in our clients’ ecommerce business may make it more efficient for the client to perform our services themselves.

Many companies offer, on an individual basis, one or more of the same services we do, and we face competition from many different sources depending upon the type and range of services requested by a potential client. Our competitors include vertical outsourcers, which are companies that offer a single function, such as call centers, public warehouses or professional services firms such as system integrators and digital agencies. We compete against transportation logistics providers who offer product management functions as an ancillary service to their primary transportation services. We also compete against other infrastructure service providers, who perform many similar services as us. Many of these companies have greater capabilities than we do for the single or multiple functions they provide. In addition, we compete against other professional service firms that have substantial offshore operations with lower labor costs, which enable them to offer lower pricing to potential clients. In many instances, our competition is the in-house operations of potential clients themselves. The in-house operations of potential clients often believe they can perform the same services we do, while others are reluctant to outsource business functions that involve direct customer contact. We cannot be certain we will be able to compete successfully against these or other competitors in the future.

In addition, growth in our clients’ ecommerce businesses may cause a client to consider making the necessary investments to process their ecommerce operations in-house. In such event, unless we can provide a more cost-effective solution to the client, the client may choose to terminate our services. There is no assurance that we will be able to provide a more cost-effective solution, or that any such solution will not reduce our profitability or be accepted by the client.

Our sales and implementation cycles are highly variable and our ability to finalize pending contracts may cause our operating results to vary widely.

The sales cycle for our services is variable, typically ranging between several months to up to a year or longer from initial contact with the potential client to the signing of a contract. Occasionally the sales cycle requires substantially more time. Delays in signing and executing client contracts may affect our revenue and cause our operating results to vary widely. A potential client’s decision to purchase our services is discretionary, involves a significant commitment of the client’s resources and is influenced by intense internal and external pricing and operating comparisons. To successfully sell our services, we generally must educate our potential clients regarding the use and benefit of our services, which can require significant time and resources. Consequently, the period between initial contact and the purchase of our services is often long and subject to delays associated with the lengthy approval and competitive evaluation processes that typically accompany significant operational decisions. Additionally, the time required to finalize pending contracts and to implement our systems and integrate a new client can range from several weeks to many months. Delays in signing and integrating new clients may affect our revenue and cause our operating results to vary widely.

Our business could be adversely affected by a systems or equipment failure, whether ours or our clients.

Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our distribution facilities, customer service centers, computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems against damage and failures. Damage or failures could result from fire, power loss, equipment malfunctions, system failures, natural disasters and other causes. If our business is interrupted either from accidents or the intentional acts of others, our business could be materially adversely affected. In addition, in the event of widespread damage or failures at our facilities, our short-term disaster recovery and contingency plans and insurance coverage may not be sufficient.

Our clients’ businesses may also be harmed from any system or equipment failures we experience. In that event, our relationship with these clients may be adversely affected, we may lose these clients, our ability to attract new clients may be adversely affected and we could be exposed to liability.

Interruptions could also result from the intentional acts of others, like hackers. If our systems are penetrated by computer hackers, or if computer viruses infect our systems, our computers could fail or proprietary information could be misappropriated.

If our clients suffer similar interruptions in their operations, for any of the reasons discussed above or for others, our business could also be adversely affected. Many of our clients’ computer systems interface with our systems. If our clients suffer interruptions in their systems, the link to our systems could be severed and sales of the client’s products could be slowed or stopped.

We and our clients may be subject to existing, new or expanded imposition of sales tax in one or more jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business.

We collect sales or other similar taxes for shipments of our and our clients’ goods in certain states and jurisdictions. One or more local, state or foreign jurisdictions may seek to impose sales tax collection obligations on us and other out-of-state companies, including our clients, that engage in online commerce, depending upon the nexus we or our clients may have with that jurisdiction and the product or services being performed. Recently, with the U.S. Supreme Court's decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair, some states have begun to enact, and others may choose to enact in the future, new legislation and increase enforcement efforts of existing legislation requiring online retailers to collect and remit sales tax. If unexpected sales tax obligations are successfully imposed upon us or our clients by a state or other jurisdiction, we or our clients could be exposed to substantial tax liabilities for past sales and fines and penalties for failure to collect sales taxes and we or our clients could suffer decreased sales in that state or jurisdiction as the effective cost of purchasing goods from or through us increases for those residing in that state or jurisdiction. In addition, new legislationThis imposition of sales tax may also be enforced on companies providing software as a service (SaaS), information services, data processing services, and maintenance, to name a few. As we provide such services, we may become subject to sales tax in each state where we provide services.
If there is increased legislative or regulation, the applicationenforcement action, e-commerce in general could decline as increased taxation of laws and regulations from jurisdictions whose laws do not currently apply to our business or the application of existing laws and regulations to the internet and commercial online servicessales could result in significant additional taxes or regulatory

online shopping losing some of its current advantage over traditional retail models, which could diminish its appeal to consumers. A decrease in our clients’ eCommerce sales could impact our revenue. In addition, the cost of implementing new and expanded sales tax impositions by multiple taxing authorities may adversely impact our and our clients’ profitability.

restrictions on our business. These taxes could have an adverse effect on our cash flows and results

20


Table of operations. Furthermore, there is a possibility that we or our clients may be subject to significant fines or other payments for any past failures to comply with these requirements.

Contents


Determinations under government audits could negatively affect our business.

We provide services to a U.S. government agency under a contract that provides the agency with the right to audit and review our performance under the contract, our pricing practices, our cost structure, and our compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. If a government audit determines that we are in breach of our contractual terms, or have engaged in improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of the contract, suspension of payments, or disqualification from continuing to do business, or bidding on new business, with this agency and other federal agencies.

We

If our internal controls are ineffective, our operating results could be adversely affected.
Our internal controls over financial reporting may recognize lossesnot prevent or reduced profitabilitydetect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if we do not accurately estimateexperience difficulties in their implementation, our business and operating results could be harmed and we could fail to meet our financial reporting obligations.
We are investing in technology to manage these reporting requirements. Implementing the cost of engagements conductedappropriate changes to our internal controls may distract our officers and employees, result in substantial costs if we implement new processes or modify our existing processes and require significant time to complete. Any difficulties or delays in implementing these controls could impact our ability to timely report our financial results. In addition, we currently rely on a fixed-price basis.

When makingmanual process in some areas which increases our exposure to human error or intervention in reporting our financial results. For these reasons, we may encounter difficulties in the timely and accurate reporting of our financial results, which could impact our ability to provide our investors with information in a proposaltimely manner. As a result, our investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and our stock price could decline.

Risks related to our Financial Position and Capital Needs
We operate with significant levels of indebtedness and are required to comply with certain financial and non-financial covenants; and we have guaranteed certain indebtedness and obligations of our subsidiaries.
As of December 31, 2019, our total credit facilities outstanding, including debt, finance lease obligations and our vendor accounts payable related to financing of Ricoh product inventory for a client, were approximately $40.8 million. We cannot provide assurance that our credit facilities will be renewed by the lending parties. Additionally, these credit facilities include both financial and non-financial covenants, many of which also include cross-default provisions applicable to other agreements. Certain of these covenants also restrict our ability to transfer funds among our various subsidiaries, which may adversely affect the ability of our subsidiaries to operate their businesses or managingcomply with their respective loan covenants. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants. A non-renewal, default under or acceleration of any of our credit facilities may have a fixed-price engagement,material adverse impact upon our business and financial condition. We have guaranteed most of the indebtedness of our subsidiary Supplies Distributors. Furthermore, we relyare obligated to repay any over-advance made to Supplies Distributors by its lenders to the extent Supplies Distributors is unable to do so.
Our business and future growth depend on our estimatescontinued access to bank and commercial financing.
Our business and future growth currently depend on our ability to access bank, vendor and commercial lines of credit, including a line of credit facility provided by various banks  that provided for an aggregate of up to approximately $60.0 million of financing as of December 31, 2019, with an accordion feature providing for a potential of additional $20.0 million. This line of credit currently matures in November 2023 and is secured by substantially all our assets. Our ability to maintain, renew or replace our bank, vendor and commercial financing depends upon various factors, including the availability of bank loans and commercial credit in general, as well as our financial condition and prospects. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that these credit facilities will continue to be available beyond their current maturities on reasonable terms or at all. Our inability to maintain, renew or replace our credit facilities or find alternative financing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.
We anticipate incurring significant expenses in the foreseeable future, which may reduce our ability to achieve or maintain profitability.
To reach our business growth objectives, we currently expect to increase our operating, sales and marketing expenses, as well as capital expenditures. To offset these expenses, we will need to generate additional profitable business. If our revenue declines

21


Table of Contents

or grows slower than either we anticipate or our clients’ projections indicate, or if our operating, sales and marketing expenses exceed our expectations or cannot be reduced to an appropriate level, we may not generate sufficient revenue to be profitable or be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. Additionally, if our revenue declines or grows slower than either we anticipate or our clients’ projections indicate, we may incur unnecessary or redundant costs and timing for delivering our services, whichoperating results could be adversely affected.
Our financial results may be based on limited datanegatively impacted by impairment in the carrying value of our goodwill.
Goodwill represented approximately 22% of our total assets as of December 31, 2019. The carrying value of goodwill represents the fair value of an acquired business in excess of identifiable assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date. We are required to test goodwill for impairment annually and when factors or indicators become apparent that could reduce the fair value of any of our reporting units below its book value. Such factors requiring an interim test for impairment include financial performance indicators, such as negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings, and a sustained decrease in share price. A significant downward revision in the fair value of one or more of our business units that causes the carrying value to exceed the fair value could cause goodwill to be considered impaired and could result in a non-cash impairment charge in our consolidated statement of operations.
If our estimates relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be inaccurate. Ifincorrect, our operating results could be adversely affected.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions we do not accurately estimate our costsbelieve to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The results of these estimates form the timingbasis for completionmaking judgments about the carrying values of a fixed-price project, the contract for such a project could prove unprofitable or yield a profit margin that is lower than expected. Losses, if any, on fixed-price contracts are recognized when the loss is determined. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of fixed-price contracts, including delays caused by factors outside of our control, could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitableassets, liabilities and may affectequity, and the amount of revenue profit, and profit margin reportedexpenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in any period.

Risks Relatedpreparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable, accounting for property, plant and equipment and definite-lived assets, stock-based compensation, income taxes and other contingencies. Our Industry

Our market is subjectoperating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to rapid technological changefall below the expectations of securities analysts and to compete we must continually enhance our systems to comply with evolving standards.

To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improveinvestors, resulting in a decline in the responsiveness, functionality and featuresprice of our servicesCommon Stock.

We may experience additional costs and uncertainties from the underlying network infrastructure. IfLIBOR phase-out.
The London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) is commonly used as benchmark for rates across a wide range of financial products and instruments, however, financial regulators are transitioning away from the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. As a result, we anticipate certain risks associated with this transition, including market uncertainty and disruptions, particularly with our existing debt instruments and equipment financings. We are unableworking to adapt to changing market conditions, client requirements or emerging industry standards,review and address the potential issues in our businessexisting debt instruments and equipment financings for substitutions, as well as revisit our accounting policies.
Our expenses could be adversely affected. The internetimpacted by increases in healthcare costs.
We provide healthcare benefits to our employees. Increased costs of providing such benefits, including potential impact from modifications to healthcare legislation and eCommerce environments are characterized by rapid technological change, changes in user requirementsrelated regulations, could materially impact our future healthcare costs, which could adversely affect our results and preferences, frequent new product and service introductions embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and practices that could render our technology and systems obsolete. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to both internally develop and license leading technologies to enhance our existing services and develop new services. We must continue to address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of our clients and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis. The development of proprietary technology involves significant technical and business risks. We may fail to develop new technologies effectively or to adapt our proprietary technology and systems to client requirements or emerging industry standards.

cash flow.

Risks Related to Our Stock and/or Stockholders

Institutional shareholders hold a significant amount of our common stock and these shareholders may have conflicts of interests with the interests of our other shareholders.

As of December 31, 2017,2019, institutional investors (including transcosmos, Inc., our largest shareholder) own or control approximately 84% 78% of the voting power of our common stock. The interests of these shareholders may differ from our other shareholders in material respects. This concentration of voting power of our common stock may make it difficult for our other shareholders to approve or defeat matters that may be submitted for action by our shareholders, including the election of directors and amendments to our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws. This also may have the effect of deterring, delaying, or preventing a change in control, even when such a change in control could benefit our other shareholders. These shareholders may have the power to exert significant influence over our affairs in ways that may be adverse to the interests of our other shareholders.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile. You may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price at which you purchased such shares.


22


Table of Contents

The trading price of our common stock may be subject to wide fluctuations in response to quarter-to-quarter fluctuations in operating results, announcements of material adverse events, general conditions in our industry or the public marketplace and other events or factors, including the thin trading of our common stock. In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and trading volume volatility in recent years. This volatility has had a substantial effect on the market prices of securities of many technology-related companies for reasons frequently unrelated to the operating performance of the specific companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Further, our market price may be impacted by our inability to maintain or comply with the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) listing requirements, which could include reduction in our market price or delisting of our stock.
In addition, if our operating results differ from our


announced guidance or the expectations of equity research analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decrease significantly.

Our stock price could decline if a significant number of shares become available for sale.

The current and future issuance and/or vesting of shares of our common stock under our outstanding and future stock options, stock awards, performance shares and deferred stock units, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market following the issuance and/or vesting of such shares, and/or the perception that future sales of these shares could occur, could reduce the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult to sell equity securities in the future.

Our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, our shareholder rights plan and Delaware law make it difficult for a third party to acquire us, despite the possible benefit to our shareholders.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, our shareholder rights plan and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our shareholders. For example, our certificate of incorporation permits our Board of Directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock, which may have rights and preferences superior to those of the common stock. The ability to issue preferred stock could have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring us. We have also adopted a shareholder rights plan. These provisions could discourage takeover attempts and could materially adversely affect the price of our stock. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit large shareholders from consummating a merger with, or acquisition of us. These provisions may prevent a merger or acquisition that wouldcould be attractive to shareholders and could limit the price investors would be willing to pay in the future for our common stock.

There are limitations on the liabilities of our directors and executive officers.

Pursuant to our bylaws and under Delaware law, our directors are not liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except for liability for breach of a director’s duty of loyalty, acts or omissions by a director not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or any transaction in which a director has derived an improper personal benefit.

Actions of activist shareholders could be disruptive and potentially costly, and the possibility that activist shareholders may seek changes that conflict with our strategic direction could cause uncertainty about the strategic direction of our business.

Activist investors may attempt to effect changes in our strategic direction or our business objectives, or to acquire control or Board representation to advocate corporate actions such as financial restructuring, stock repurchases or sales of assets or the entire company. Activist campaigns that contest or conflict with our strategic direction could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial conditions, as responding to proxy contests and other actions by activist shareholders can disrupt our operations, be costly and time consuming and divert the attention of our Board and senior management from the pursuit of business strategies. These types of actions could cause significant fluctuations in our stock price based on temporary or speculative market perceptions or other factors that do not necessarily reflect the underlying fundamentals and prospects of our business.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

None.

Item 2.

Properties

Our headquarters are located in Allen, Texas, a Dallas suburb.suburb, which is utilized by both operating segments. In the U.S., we operate a distribution facility in Memphis, Tennessee, with aggregate space of more than 440,000442,000 square feet. We also operate fourthree additional distribution facilities totaling an aggregate of approximately 1,000,000757,000 square feet in Southaven, Mississippi. These facilities are located approximately ten miles from the Memphis International Airport.

These distribution facilities are used by the PFS Operation segment.


23


Table of Contents

Internationally, we operate a distribution complex in Liège, Belgium with approximately 200,000156,000 square feet, and distribution operations in Ontario, Canada with approximately 95,00092,000 square feet, and distribution operations in Southampton, U.K. with approximately 107,000 square feet. These distribution centers predominantly relate to the operations of the PFS Operations segment.
We also operate facilities in Bangalore, India London,and Basingstoke, U.K., Basingstoke,utilized by both the LiveArea and PFS Operations segments, and in London, U.K. and Sofia, Bulgaria, eachprimarily used by the LiveArea segment. Each of whichthese facilities provide primarily technology development, operations and administrative support.

We lease all of our distribution

LiveArea offices are operated in Raleigh, North Carolina, New York City, New York and other facilities under third party leases that generally contain one or more renewal options.

St. Louis Park, Minnesota.

We operate customer service centers in our facilities in Dallas, Texas, Liège, Belgium, Basingstoke, U.K., and Ontario, Canada.Canada, utilized for the PFS Operations segment. Our call center technology permits the automatic routing of calls to available customer service representatives in several of our call centers.


We lease our headquarters, all of our distribution and other facilities under third party leases that generally contain one or more renewal options.
We believe that our facilities are suitable for their purpose, adequate to support their businesses and are in good operating condition.

Item

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

We are not party to any legal proceedings other than routine claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of our business. We do not believe such claims and lawsuits, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our business.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.


24


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

For information regarding the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans, refer to “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” included in Part III, Item 12 of this report.

Common Stock

Our common stock is listed, and currently trades, on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “PFSW.” The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sale price for the common stock as reported by NASDAQ:   

 

Price

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

$

13.99

 

 

$

9.95

 

Second Quarter

$

15.87

 

 

$

9.05

 

Third Quarter

$

11.21

 

 

$

8.90

 

Fourth Quarter

$

9.60

 

 

$

6.71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

$

8.69

 

 

$

6.28

 

Second Quarter

$

8.28

 

 

$

5.83

 

Third Quarter

$

8.40

 

 

$

7.21

 

Fourth Quarter

$

8.88

 

 

$

5.90

 

As of March 9, 2018,10, 2020, there were 10992 record holders of the common stock.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate the payment of cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We are also restricted from paying dividends under our debt agreements without the prior approval of our lenders. The payment of any future cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, future earnings, operations, capital requirements, the general financial condition of the Company and general business conditions and the approval of our lenders. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”


Comparative Stock Performance

The graph below matches our cumulative 5-Year total shareholder return on common stock with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index and the Russell 2000 index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock and in each index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from 12/31/2012 to 12/31/2017.

 

 

12/12

 

12/13

 

12/14

 

12/15

 

12/16

 

12/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PFSweb Inc.

 

 

100.00

 

 

318.25

 

 

444.21

 

 

451.58

 

 

298.25

 

 

260.70

 

NASDAQ Composite

 

 

100.00

 

 

141.63

 

 

162.09

 

 

173.33

 

 

187.19

 

 

242.29

 

Russell 2000

 

 

100.00

 

 

138.82

 

 

145.62

 

 

139.19

 

 

168.85

 

 

193.58

 

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.


Item 6.

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data and related notes and Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We derived the following historical financial information from our consolidated audited financial statements for the fiscal years noted (in thousands, except per share data):

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

REVENUES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service fee revenue

$

233,580

 

 

$

226,165

 

 

$

182,175

 

 

$

134,385

 

 

$

112,977

 

Product revenue, net

 

40,663

 

 

 

48,695

 

 

 

58,659

 

 

 

75,284

 

 

 

90,982

 

Pass-through revenue

 

52,582

 

 

 

59,783

 

 

 

47,435

 

 

 

37,379

 

 

 

37,644

 

Total revenues

 

326,825

 

 

 

334,643

 

 

 

288,269

 

 

 

247,048

 

 

 

241,603

 

COSTS OF REVENUES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of service fee revenue

 

155,160

 

 

 

155,513

 

 

 

123,574

 

 

 

94,858

 

 

 

77,160

 

Cost of product revenue

 

38,504

 

 

 

45,883

 

 

 

55,587

 

 

 

71,019

 

 

 

85,237

 

Cost of pass-through revenue

 

52,582

 

 

 

59,783

 

 

 

47,435

 

 

 

37,379

 

 

 

37,644

 

Total costs of revenues

 

246,246

 

 

 

261,179

 

 

 

226,596

 

 

 

203,256

 

 

 

200,041

 

Gross profit

 

80,579

 

 

 

73,464

 

 

 

61,673

 

 

 

43,792

 

 

 

41,562

 

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

   EXPENSES

 

79,981

 

 

 

76,304

 

 

 

66,280

 

 

 

47,658

 

 

 

46,235

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

598

 

 

 

(2,840

)

 

 

(4,607

)

 

 

(3,866

)

 

 

(4,673

)

INTEREST EXPENSE, net

 

2,738

 

 

 

2,323

 

 

 

1,757

 

 

 

813

 

 

 

679

 

Loss from operations before income taxes

 

(2,140

)

 

 

(5,163

)

 

 

(6,364

)

 

 

(4,679

)

 

 

(5,352

)

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

 

1,824

 

 

 

2,367

 

 

 

1,497

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

539

 

NET LOSS

$

(3,964

)

 

$

(7,530

)

 

$

(7,861

)

 

$

(4,626

)

 

$

(5,891

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS PER SHARE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

$

(0.21

)

 

$

(0.41

)

 

$

(0.45

)

 

$

(0.28

)

 

$

(0.39

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

18,933

 

 

 

18,542

 

 

 

17,608

 

 

 

16,737

 

 

 

14,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

185,787

 

 

$

211,336

 

 

$

191,290

 

 

$

140,746

 

 

$

132,036

 

Short-term debt

 

9,460

 

 

 

7,300

 

 

 

3,153

 

 

 

6,850

 

 

 

8,231

 

Long-term debt

 

37,866

 

 

 

52,399

 

 

 

32,238

 

 

 

4,062

 

 

 

2,876

 

Shareholders' equity

 

41,297

 

 

 

40,283

 

 

 

43,758

 

 

 

40,105

 

 

 

40,925

 

The selected financial statements presented above are not comparable due to the acquisitions that occurred in the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.


Not applicable.  

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

We believe the following discussion and analysis provides information that is relevant to an assessment and understanding of our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. The discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis will help you understand:

The impact of forward-looking statements;

Key transactions and events during 2016 and 2015;

2019;

Our financial structure, including our historical financial presentation;

Our results of operations for the previous three years,2019, as well as certain projections for the future;

Certain aspects of our relationships with our subsidiaries;

Our liquidity and capital resources;

The impact of recently issued accounting standards on our financial statements; and

Our critical accounting policies and estimates.

Key Events

Forward-Looking Information

We have made forward-looking statements in this Reportadopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842, Leases (“ASC 842”) on Form 10-K. These statements are subject to risksJanuary 1, 2019 and uncertainties,applied the modified retrospective approach for the transition. Under the modified retrospective approach, the cumulative effect of applying the new standard was recorded at January 1, 2019 for active leases. Therefore, results for the years ended December 31, 2019 and there can2018 may not be no guarantee that these statements will prove to be correct. Forward-looking statements include assumptions as to how we may performcomparable.
Two of the company’s clients filed for bankruptcy in the future. When we use words like “seek,” “strive,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” “project”first half of 2019 leading to reduced revenues and “estimate”excess capacity. These clients were serviced by PFS Operations. Results are expected to improve in 2020.
New executive leadership was appointed to LiveArea in 2019 to improve sales growth and marketing strategy. Results are expected to improve in 2020.
Overview
We are a global commerce services company. We manage the entire commerce customer experience for major branded manufacturers and retailers through two business segments, LiveArea Professional Services and PFS Operations.  LiveArea provides a comprehensive set of services to support and improve B2B, B2C and B2B2C digital and physical shopping experiences or similar expressions, we are making forward-looking statements. You should understand that the following important factors, in addition to the Risk Factors set forth above or elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. These factors include:

our ability to retaineCommerce. Service areas include eCommerce strategy and expand relationships with existing clients and attract and implement new clients;

our reliance on the fees generated by the transaction volume, product salesconsulting, omni-channel experience design, digital marketing, data strategy and technology services including development and agency projectssystem integration. PFS Operations provides services to support and support of our clients;


our reliance on our clients’ projections or transaction volume or product sales;

25


our dependency upon our agreements with International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”) and Ricoh;

our dependency upon our agreements with our major clients;

our client mix, their business volumes and the seasonalityTable of their business;


improve the impact of new accounting standardsphysical experience, such as order management, order fulfillment, customer care and changes in existing accounting rulespayment services. We offer our services on an a la carte basis or the interpretations of those rules;

as a complete end-to-end solution.

our ability to raise additional capital or obtain additional financing;

our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to borrow under current financing arrangements and maintain compliance with debt covenants;

our relationship with, and our guarantees of, certain of the liabilities and indebtedness of our subsidiaries; and

taxation on the sale of our products and provision of our services.

We have based these statements on our current expectations about future events. Although we believe the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee these expectations will actually be achieved. In addition, some forward-looking statements are based upon assumptions as to future events that may not prove to be accurate. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expected or forecasted in such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason, even if new information becomes available or other events occur in the future. There may be additional risks we do not currently view as material or that are not presently known. In evaluating these statements, you should consider various factors, including the risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Key Transactions and Events

We were impacted by the following key transactions and events in 2015 and 2016 that affect comparability of our results to 2017 and other periods:

Year ended December 31, 2016:

Acquired the outstanding capital stock of Conexus Limited (“Conexus”) on June 8, 2016. The results of operations of Conexus have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date.

Year ended December 31, 2015:

Acquired the outstanding capital stock of Moda Superbe Limited (“Moda”) on June 11, 2015. The results of operations of Moda have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date.

Completed an asset purchase agreement with CrossView, Inc. (“CrossView”) and its shareholders on August 5, 2015. The results of operations of CrossView have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date.

Overview

We derive our revenues from providing a broad range of services using three different seller services financial models: 1) the Service Fee model, 2) the Agent (or Flash) model and 3) the Retail model.

Service Fee Model. We refer to our standard seller services financial model as the Service Fee model. In this model, our clients own the inventory, and are the merchants of record, and engage us to provide various infrastructure, technology and digital agency services in support of their business operations. We derive our service fee revenues from a broad range of service offerings that include digital agency and marketing, eCommerce technologies, system integration, order management, customer care, logistics and fulfillment, financial management and professional consulting. We offer our services as an integratedend-to-end solution, which enables our clients to outsource their complete ecommerceeCommerce needs to a single source and to focus on their core competencies, though clients are also able to select individual or groupings of our various service offerings on an à la carte basis.

We supportcurrently provide services to clients that operate in a wide arrayrange of industries, includingvertical markets across B2C, B2B and B2B2C. These services include health, fragrance and beauty products; cosmetics; fashion apparel and accessories, fragranceaccessories; luxury goods; CPG; coins and beauty products, CPG,collectibles; home furnishings and housewares, coinshousewares; consumer electronics; QSR; telecommunications; technology manufacturing; computer and collectibles,office products; and technology products.

others. In the Service Fee model, we typically charge for our services on a time and material basis, a cost-plus basis, a percent of shipped revenue basis, a time and materials, project or retainer basis for our professional services or a per-transactionper transaction basis, such as a per-laborper labor hour basis for web-enabled customer contact center services and a per-item basis for fulfillment services. Additional fees are billed for other services. We price our services based on a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, the depth and complexity of the services provided, the amount of capital expenditures or systems customization required, order volume, geography served and the length of contract and other factors.

contract.

Many of our service fee contracts involve third-party vendors who provide additional services, such as package delivery. The costs we are charged by these third-party vendors for these services are often passed on to our clients. Our billings for reimbursements of these costs and other ‘out-of-pocket’ expenses include travel, shipping and handling costs and telecommunication charges and are included in pass-through revenue.

The seasonality of our service fee business is dependent upon the seasonality of our clients’ business and sales of their products. Accordingly, we must rely upon the projections of our clients in assessing quarterly variability. We believe that with our current client


mix and their current business volumes, our run rate service fee business activity will generally be highest during the quarter ended December 31. We believe our historical revenue pattern makes it difficult to predict the effect of seasonality on our future revenues and results of operations. We believe that results of operations for a quarterly period may not be indicative of the results for any other quarter or for the full year.

Agent (Flash) Model.As In our PFS Operations business unit, as an additional service, we offer the Agent, or Flash, financial model, in which our clients maintain ownership of the product inventory stored at our locations as in the Service Fee model. When a customer orders the product from our clients, a “flash” sale transaction passesproduct ownership to us for each order and we in turn immediately re-sell the product to the customer. The “flash” ownership exchange establishes us as the merchant of record, which enables us to use our existing merchant infrastructure to process sales toend customers, removing the need for the clients to establish these business processes internally, but permitting them to control the sales process to end customers. In this model, based on the terms of our current client arrangements, we record product revenue net of cost of product revenue as a component of service fee revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

Retail Model.Our PFS Operations business unit also provides a Retail model which allows us to purchase inventory from the client. In this model, weWe place the initial and replenishment purchase orders with the client and take ownership of the product either upon shipment to or delivery to our facility. In this model, depending on the terms of our client arrangements, we may own the inventory and the accounts receivable arising from our product sales. Under the Retail model, depending upon the product category and sales characteristics, we may require the client to provide product price protection as well as product purchase payment terms, right of return, and obsolescence protection appropriate to the product sales profile. Depending on the terms of our client arrangements in the Retail model, we record in our consolidated statement of operations either: 1) product revenue as a component of product revenue, or 2) product revenue net of cost of product revenue as a component of service fee revenue. In general, we seek to structure client relationships in our Retail model under the net revenue approach to more closely align with our service fee revenue financial presentation and mitigate inventory ownership risk, although we have one client still utilizingoperating under the gross revenue approach. Freight costs billed to customers are reflected as components of product revenue. This business model generally requires significant working capital, for which we have credit available either through credit terms provided by our clients or under senior credit facilities.

In general, we provide the Service Fee model through all of our subsidiaries, the Agent (or Flash) model through our PFSweb and Supplies Distributors subsidiaries and the Retail model through our Supplies Distributors subsidiary.

Growth is a key element to achieving our future goals, including achieving and maintaining sustainable profitability. Growth in our Service Fee and Agent models is driven by two main elements: new client relationships and organic growth from existing clients. We focus our sales efforts on larger contracts with brand-name companies within four primary target markets, health and beauty, home goods and collectibles, fashion and consumer packaged goods, which, by nature, require a longer duration to close but also have the potential to be higher quality and longer duration engagements. Through recent acquisitions, we have expanded our service offering capabilities and added new client relationships, which we currently expect to enhance our growth opportunities.

Currently, we are targeting growth within our Retail model to be through relationships with clients under which we can record service fee revenue (product revenue net of cost of product revenue) in our consolidated statement of operations as opposed to product revenue as generated in the Agent or Flash model above.operations. These relationships are often driven by the sales and marketing efforts of the manufacturers and third partythird-party sales partners. In addition, as a result of certain operational restructuring of its business, our primary client relationship operating in the Retail model, Ricoh, has implemented, and will continue to implement, certain changes in the sale and distribution of Ricoh products. The changes have resulted, and are expected to continue to result, in reduced product revenues and profitability under our Retail model.

Growth is a key element to achieving our future goals, including achieving and maintaining sustainable profitability. Growth in our company is driven by two main elements: new client relationships and organic growth from existing clients. Within our LiveArea segment, we primarily focus our sales efforts on engaging with brands, retailers, manufacturers and partnerships with various software platform companies to perform discrete commerce projects such as website and mobile design, platform selection and platform implementation and system integration efforts.  We also focus our LiveArea sales efforts on engaging with brands, retailers and manufacturers to provide ongoing services such as digital marketing retainers, data strategy and technology. In addition,

26



LiveArea’s orchestrated services is a coordinated effort across all service lines and goes beyond a traditional managed services offering. LiveArea’s orchestrated services offering is integrated into an array of services to optimize, manage, and protect commerce technology. Within our PFS Operations segment, we primarily focus our sales efforts on larger contracts with brand-name companies within four primary target markets, health and beauty, home goods and collectibles, fashion, and consumer packaged goods. Within both segments, we focus our sales efforts on both new clients and also on existing clients where we believe opportunity exists to expand a client relationship to include additional services within the segment, across segments and/or across multiple geographies.  We continue to monitor and control our costs to focus on profitability. While we are targeting our new service fee contracts to yield incremental gross profit, we also expect to incur incremental investments in technology development, operational and support management and sales and marketing expenses to help generate growth.

We also look for growth opportunities across both LiveArea and PFS Operations to explore end-to-end solutions, as well as additional a la carte projects building on our existing relationships.

Our expenses comprise primarily four categories: 1) cost of service fee revenue, 2) cost of product revenue, 3) cost of pass-through revenue and 4) selling, general and administrative expenses.

Cost of service fee revenue- consists primarily of compensation and related expenses for our web-enabled customer contact center services, international fulfillment and distribution services and professional, digital agency and technology services, and other fixed and variable expenses directly related to providing services under the terms of fee based contracts, including certain occupancy and information technology costs and depreciation and amortization expenses.

Cost of product revenue- consists of the purchase price of product sold and freight costs, which are reduced by certain reimbursable expenses. These reimbursable expenses include pass-through customer marketing programs, direct costs incurred in passing on any price decreases offered by vendors to cover price protection and certain special bids, the cost of products provided to replace defective product returned by customers and certain other expenses as defined under the distributor agreements.

Cost of pass-through revenue- the related reimbursable costs for pass-through expenditures are reflected as cost of pass-through revenue.


Selling, General and Administrative expenses- consist of expenses such as compensation, and related expenses for sales and marketing staff, distribution costs (excluding freight) applicable to the Supplies Distributors business and thecertain Retail model engagements, executive, management and administrative personnel and other overhead costs, including certain occupancy and information technology costs, and depreciation and amortization expenses and acquisition related, restructuring and other costs.

Monitoring and controlling our available cash balances and our expenses continues to be a primary focus. Our cash and liquidity positions are important components of our financing of both current operations and our targeted growth.

2018 Update – Subsequent to December 31, 2017, the Company continued with its reorganization efforts to migrate from its current operating segments into two new operating segments, Professional Services and PFS Operations. As a result, we expect to report a change in our operating segments during 2018.

Results


27



Operating Results
The following table discloses certain financial information for the periods presented, expressed in terms of dollars, dollar change, percentage change and as a percentage of total revenuerevenues (in millions).  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

 

% of Net Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

 

% of Net Revenues

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

2015

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service fee revenue

$

233.6

 

 

$

226.2

 

 

$

7.4

 

 

 

3.3

%

 

 

71.5

%

 

 

67.6

%

 

$

182.2

 

 

$

44.0

 

 

 

24.1

%

 

 

63.2

%

 

Product revenue, net

 

40.7

 

 

 

48.7

 

 

 

(8.0

)

 

 

(16.5

)%

 

 

12.4

%

 

 

14.6

%

 

 

58.7

 

 

 

(10.0

)

 

 

(17.0

)%

 

 

20.4

%

 

Pass-through revenue

 

52.6

 

 

 

59.8

 

 

 

(7.2

)

 

 

(12.0

)%

 

 

16.1

%

 

 

17.8

%

 

 

47.4

 

 

 

12.4

 

 

 

26.0

%

 

 

16.4

%

 

Total revenues

 

326.9

 

 

 

334.7

 

 

 

(7.8

)

 

 

(2.3

)%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

288.3

 

 

 

46.4

 

 

 

16.1

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

Cost of Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of service fee revenue

 

155.2

 

 

 

155.5

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(0.2

)%

 

 

66.4

%

(1)

 

68.8

%

(1)

 

123.6

 

 

 

31.9

 

 

 

25.8

%

 

 

67.8

%

(1)

Cost of product revenue

 

38.5

 

 

 

45.9

 

 

 

(7.4

)

 

 

(16.1

)%

 

 

94.7

%

(2)

 

94.2

%

(2)

 

55.6

 

 

 

(9.7

)

 

 

(17.5

)%

 

 

94.8

%

(2)

Pass-through cost of revenue

 

52.6

 

 

 

59.8

 

 

 

(7.2

)

 

 

(12.0

)%

 

 

100.0

%

(3)

 

100.0

%

(3)

 

47.4

 

 

 

12.4

 

 

 

26.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

(3)

Total cost of revenues

 

246.3

 

 

 

261.2

 

 

 

(14.9

)

 

 

(5.7

)%

 

 

75.3

%

 

 

78.0

%

 

 

226.6

 

 

 

34.6

 

 

 

15.3

%

 

 

78.6

%

 

Service fee gross profit

 

78.4

 

 

 

70.7

 

 

 

7.7

 

 

 

11.0

%

 

 

33.6

%

(1)

 

31.2

%

(1)

 

58.6

 

 

 

12.1

 

 

 

20.6

%

 

 

32.2

%

(1)

Product revenue gross profit

 

2.2

 

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

(23.2

)%

 

 

5.3

%

(2)

 

5.8

%

(2)

 

3.1

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(8.5

)%

 

 

5.2

%

(2)

Pass-through gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Total gross profit

 

80.6

 

 

 

73.5

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

9.7

%

 

 

24.7

%

 

 

22.0

%

 

 

61.7

 

 

 

11.8

 

 

 

19.1

%

 

 

21.4

%

 

Selling General and Administrative expenses

 

80.0

 

 

 

76.3

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

4.8

%

 

 

24.5

%

 

 

22.8

%

 

 

66.3

 

 

 

10.0

 

 

 

(15.1

)%

 

 

23.0

%

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

0.6

 

 

 

(2.8

)

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

(121.1

)%

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

(0.8

)%

 

 

(4.6

)

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

38.4

%

 

 

(1.6

)%

 

Interest expense, net

 

2.7

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

17.9

%

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

0.7

%

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

(32.2

)%

 

 

0.6

%

 

Loss from operations before income taxes

 

(2.1

)

 

 

(5.1

)

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

(58.6

)%

 

 

(0.7

)%

 

 

(1.5

)%

 

 

(6.4

)

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

18.9

%

 

 

(2.2

)%

 

Income tax expense, net

 

1.8

 

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

(22.9

)%

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

0.7

%

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

(58.1

)%

 

 

0.5

%

 

 

$

(3.9

)

 

$

(7.5

)

 

$

3.6

 

 

 

(47.4

)%

 

 

(1.2

)%

 

 

(2.3

)%

 

$

(7.9

)

 

$

0.4

 

 

 

4.2

%

 

 

(2.7

)%

 

thousands, except percentages):
     Change % of Net Revenues
 2019 2018 $ % 2019 2018
Revenues           
Service fee revenue$214,382
 $230,484
 $(16,102) (7.0)% 72.9 % 70.7%
Product revenue, net26,613
 34,350
 (7,737) (22.5)% 9.1 % 10.5%
Pass-through revenue53,027
 61,326
 (8,299) (13.5)% 18.0 % 18.8%
Total revenues294,022
 326,160
 (32,138) (9.9)% 100.0 % 100.0%
Cost of Revenues           
Cost of service fee revenue141,616
 146,827
 (5,211) (3.5)% 66.1 %(1)63.7%
Cost of product revenue25,158
 32,710
 (7,552) (23.1)% 94.5 %(2)95.2%
Pass-through cost of revenue53,027
 61,326
 (8,299) (13.5)% 100.0 %(3)100.0%
Total costs of revenues219,801
 240,863
 (21,062) (8.7)% 74.8 % 73.8%
Service fee gross profit72,766
 83,657
 (10,891) (13.0)% 33.9 %(1)36.3%
Product revenue gross profit1,455
 1,640
 (185) (11.3)% 5.5 %(2)4.8%
Pass-through gross profit
 
 
 
 
(3)
Total gross profit74,221
 85,297
 (11,076) (13.0)% 25.2 % 26.2%
Selling General and Administrative expenses73,334
 78,800
 (5,466) (6.9)% 24.9 % 24.2%
Income from operations887
 6,497
 (5,610) (86.3)% 0.3 % 2.0%
Interest expense, net1,896
 2,499
 (603) (24.1)% 0.6 % 0.8%
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes(1,009) 3,998
 (5,007) (125.2)% (0.3)% 1.2%
Income tax expense, net1,161
 2,770
 (1,609) (58.1)% 0.4 % 0.8%
Net income (loss)$(2,170) $1,228
 $(3,398) (276.7)% (0.7)% 0.4%

(1)

(1)Represents the measure as a percent of Service fee revenue.

(2)

(2)Represents the measure as a percent of Product revenue, net.

(3)

(3)Represents the measure as a percent of Pass-through revenue.


Year Ended December 31, 20172019 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

Service fee revenue.2018

Segment Operating Data
PFS Operations (in thousands, except percentages)
 Year Ended December 31,    
 2019 2018 Change Change, %
Revenues:       
Service fee revenue$139,490
 $148,072
 $(8,582) (6)%
Product revenue, net26,613
 34,350
 (7,737) (23)%
Pass-through revenue50,296
 59,314
 (9,018) (15)%
Total revenues$216,399
 $241,736
 $(25,337) (10)%
Costs of revenues:       
Cost of service fee revenue101,108
 105,155
 (4,047) (4)%
Cost of product revenue25,158
 32,710
 (7,552) (23)%
Cost of pass-through revenue50,296
 59,314
 (9,018) (15)%
Total costs of revenues$176,562
 $197,179
 $(20,617) (10)%
Gross profit$39,837
 $44,557
 $(4,720) (11)%
Direct operating expenses28,292
 25,611
 2,681
 10 %
Direct contribution$11,545
 $18,946
 $(7,401) (39)%
PFS Operations total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $25.3 million compared with 2018. Service fee revenue increased $7.4decreased by $8.6 million or 3.3%, in 2017 as compared to 2016. The increase in service fee revenue in 2017 as compared to 2016 was primarily due to the impact of expanded and newa client relationships,bankruptcy, which accounted for $8.5 million of the

28



decrease, as well as the impact of certain client terminations, partially offset by the conclusion or reduction of operations of certainnew and expanded client programs during 2017.

The change in service fee revenue, excluding pass-through revenue, is shown below ($ millions):

Period ended December 31, 2016

$

226.2

 

New service contract relationships

 

16.0

 

Change in existing client relationships and terminated client relationships not included in 2017 revenue

 

(8.6

)

Period ended December 31, 2017

$

233.6

 

When considering client relationships, we define an existing client to be a client from whom we earned revenue in both the current and prior year; we define a new client to be a client from whom we only earned revenue in the current year; and we define a terminated client as a client from whom we only earned revenue in the prior year.


relationships. Product revenue, net. Product revenuenet, decreased $8.0by $7.7 million or 16.5%, in 2017 as compared to 2016. This reduction in revenue was primarily due to the operational restructuring by Ricoh ofrevenue stream being primarily dependent on one client, which restructured its business, including discontinuance ofoperations and discontinued certain product lines which has resulted, and is expected to continue to result, in lowerreduced product revenue from the sale of Ricoh products.

Cost of Service Fee Revenue. Service fee gross profit as a percentage of service fees increased to 33.6% in 2017 from 31.2% in 2016. In 2016, we incurred incremental facility, labor and other costs to support the setup and launch of new client relationships, in particular, for certain of these new clients whose unique business models led to unanticipated operational requirements requiring remediation to the solutions while also supporting the clients’ seasonal peak. During 2017, we terminated our relationships with certain lower margin clients and were able to increase profit on other clients acquired in 2016.

Cost of Product Revenue. Cost of productactivity.  Pass-through revenue decreased primarily due to a client transitioning their freight activity to a direct carrier relationship as well as the impact of client terminations, partially offset by $7.4 million, or 16.1%, to $38.5 million in 2017 as compared to 2016. The decrease is directly attributable to the decrease in product revenue. The resultinggrowth from new and existing clients.  

PFS Operations gross profit margin was $2.2 million, or 5.3% of product revenue,remained constant at 18.4% for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $2.8 million, or 5.8%2019 compared to 2018. The gross margin in 2019 was favorably impacted by revenue mix due to the reduced levels of lower gross margin product revenue and pass-through revenue activity, which was offset by the impact of decreased gross margins in our fulfillment revenues.
Direct operating expenses increased by $2.7 million for 2016.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses. SG&A expenses were $80.0 million, or 24.5% of total revenues in 2017 and $76.3 million, or 22.8% of total revenues in 2016.the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. The increase in the SG&A expense and percentage iswas primarily due to an increaseincreased sales and marketing costs, increased facility related costs and a higher provision for doubtful accounts due to client bankruptcies, partially offset by other cost reductions.

LiveArea Professional Services (in thousands, except percentages)
 Year Ended December 31,    
 2019 2018 Change Change, %
Revenues:       
Service fee revenue$74,892
 $82,413
 $(7,521) (9)%
Pass-through revenue2,731
 2,011
 720
 36 %
Total revenues$77,623
 $84,424
 $(6,801) (8)%
Costs of revenues:       
Cost of service fee revenue40,508
 41,669
 (1,161) (3)%
Cost of pass-through revenue2,731
 2,011
 720
 36 %
Total costs of revenues$43,239
 $43,680
 $(441) (1)%
Gross profit$34,384
 $40,744
 $(6,360) (16)%
Direct operating expenses25,137
 30,487
 (5,350) (18)%
Direct contribution$9,247
 $10,257
 $(1,010) (10)%
LiveArea revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $6.8 million compared with 2018. The decreases in payroll-relatedrevenues are primarily due to reduced technology services project activity, as well as client terminations. 
LiveArea gross margin decreased to 44.3% from 48.3% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared with the corresponding period in 2018. The decrease in gross margin is primarily attributable to increased labor costs, including higher than expected costs incurred on certain client projects. The LiveArea Professional Services revenue and gross margin were partially impacted by increased monies earned on direct and indirect technology related product sales.
Direct operating expenses including increasesdecreased by $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. The decreases were primarily due to lower personnel costs attributable to our cost reduction efforts in incentive-based cash and stock compensation, and an increaseresponse to a reduction in acquisition-related,LiveArea revenues as well as reduced amortization of intangible assets of $0.9 million.
Corporate (in thousands, except percentages)
 Year Ended December 31,    
 2019 2018 Change Change, %
Unallocated corporate expenses$19,905
 $22,706
 $(2,801) (12)%
Unallocated corporate expenses decreased by $2.8 million for the months ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This was primarily due to reduced restructuring and other costs.

costs of $1.4 million, a decrease in stock-based compensation expenses and reduced tax related expenses. Stock-based compensation was lower in 2019 due to the annual executive grants not being issued. As a result, we would expect 2020 to include a grant that takes this into account.

Income Taxes.Taxes
During 2017,the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, we recorded a tax provision comprised primarily of $1.1$0.2 million related to the majority of our international operations, $0.6$0.5 million related to state income taxes, and $0.1$0.5 million associated with the tax amortization of goodwill in relation to one of our CrossView acquisition.prior acquisitions. A valuation allowance has been provided for the majority

29



of our domestic net deferred tax assets, which are primarily related to our net operating loss carryforwards, and for certain foreign deferred tax assets.

On December 22, 2017, the US Government enacted the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Reform Act”). The Tax Reform Act reduces the US federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, requires companies to pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred and creates new taxes on certain foreign sourced earnings. As of December 31, 2017, we have not completed our accounting for the tax effects of enactment of the Tax Reform Act; however, in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No.118, Income Tax Account Implications of the Tax Cuts and Job Act (SAB118), we have made reasonable estimates when possible.

We remeasured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is generally 21%. However, we are still analyzing certain aspects of the Tax Reform Act and refining our calculations, which could potentially affect the measurement of these balances or potentially give rise to new deferred tax amounts. The provisional amount related to the remeasurement of our deferred tax balance was $12.1 million that was mostly offset by a change in the valuation allowance except for a $0.6 million benefit that was recorded to our income statement related to tax amortization of goodwill. The one-time transition tax is based on our total post-1986 earnings and profits (E&P) that we previously deferred from US income taxes. We have not yet completed our calculation of the total post-1986 E&P for these foreign subsidiaries. However, based on our estimate we believe there is a net deficit E&P and, therefore, have not recorded any liabilities related to this tax.

The preliminary net tax effects recorded may differ in the future due to changes in the interpretations of the Tax Reform Act, legislative action, and changes to estimates we have utilized to calculate the tax impact. We expect to finalize the tax analysis related to the Tax Reform Act with the filing of our tax return and record any differences between the final and provisional amounts in the 2018 fourth quarter at that time, if any. 

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Service fee revenue. Service fee revenue increased $44.0 million, or 24.1%, in 2016 as compared to 2015. The increase in service fee revenue in 2016 as compared to 2015 was primarily due to the impact of expanded and new client relationships, including service fee revenues generated by our acquired subsidiaries Moda beginning in June 2015, CrossView beginning in August 2015 and Conexus beginning in June 2016, partially offset by the conclusion or reduction of operations of certain client programs during 2016.

The change in service fee revenue, excluding pass-through revenue, is shown below ($ millions):

Period ended December 31, 2015

$

182.2

 

New service contract relationships

 

27.0

 

Change in existing client service fee relationships

 

23.6

 

Terminated client relationships not included in 2016 revenue

 

(6.6

)

Period ended December 31, 2016

$

226.2

 


When considering client relationships, we define an existing client to be a client from whom we earned revenue in both the current and prior year; we define a new client to be a client from whom we only earned revenue in the current year; and we define a terminated client as a client from whom we only earned revenue in the prior year. The growth of existing client relationships in 2016 includes the benefit of a full period of client activity applicable to client relationships acquired in conjunction with the Moda acquisition in June 2015 and CrossView acquisition in August 2015, compared to only a partial period of revenue in 2015. The new service contract relationships include an aggregate of approximately $3.3 million of revenue applicable to Conexus, acquired in June 2016.

Product revenue, net. Product revenue decreased $10.0 million, or 17.0%, in 2016 as compared to 2015. This reduction in revenue was primarily due to the operational restructuring by Ricoh of its business, including discontinuance of certain product lines, which has resulted, and is expected to continue to result, in lower product revenue from the sale of Ricoh products.

Cost of Service Fee Revenue. Service fee gross profit as a percentage of service fees decreased to 31.2% in 2016 from 32.2% in 2015. During 2016 we implemented three new, large fulfillment solutions in the U.S. along with several other engagements. The decline in gross margin is primarily due to incremental facility, labor and other costs incurred to support the setup and launch of new client relationships, especially for certain of these new clients whose unique business models led to unanticipated operational requirements requiring remediation to the solutions while also supporting the clients’ seasonal peak. The impact of these higher labor and operating costs was partially offset by the benefit of higher margin project activity and higher margin professional services activity, including our agency and technology services, which have been further bolstered by our acquisitions of Moda and Crossview in mid-2015 and Conexus in June 2016.

Cost of Product Revenue. Cost of product revenue decreased by $9.7 million, or 17.5%, to $45.9 million in 2016 as compared to 2015. The resulting gross profit margin was $2.8 million or 5.8% of product revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $3.1 million or 5.2% of product revenue for 2015.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses. SG&A expenses were $76.3 million, or 22.8% of total revenues in 2016 and $66.3 million, or 23.0% of total revenues in 2015. The year ended December 31, 2016 includes $13.1 million of SG&A expenses for our newly consolidated acquisitions, Moda, CrossView and Conexus (including $3.5 million of amortization of acquisition related intangible assets), which were either not yet acquired as of December 31, 2015 or not included for the full year 2015. The year ended December 31, 2015 included $5.2 million of SG&A expenses for Moda and CrossView (including $1.9 million of amortization of acquisition related intangible assets) and $0.4 million of expense related to the settlement of a claim relating to a discontinued business in 2015. SG&A expenses for 2016 and 2015 include approximately $3.5 million and $5.8 million, respectively of restructuring and acquisition related charges and approximately $4.0 million and $2.9 million, respectively of amortization of identifiable intangible assets related to our acquisitions. Excluding the restructuring and acquisition related charges and amortization of acquired identifiable intangibles assets in 2016 and 2015 and the claim settlement in 2015, SG&A expenses were 21.0% and 20.0% of total revenues in 2016 and 2015, respectively. The remaining increase in the SG&A percentage is primarily due to increases in personnel to support our professional services business activity related expenses, as well as sales and marketing activities and facility costs to support our growth, partially offset by a reduction in incentive based cash and stock compensation.

Income Taxes. We recorded a tax provision associated primarily with state income taxes and the majority of our international operations. A valuation allowance has been provided for the majority of our domestic net deferred tax assets, which are primarily related to our net operating loss carryforwards, and for certain foreign deferred tax assets. We also recorded a deferred tax provision associated with the tax amortization of goodwill relation to our CrossView acquisition.

 Supplies Distributors and its Subsidiaries

We conduct a portion of our Retail business model operations through Supplies Distributors, which act as a distributor/reseller of various Ricoh and other products. We conduct these services through transaction management services agreements under which PFS provides transaction management and fulfillment services to Supplies Distributors. In addition, we have also provided Supplies Distributors with a subordinated loan that, as of December 31, 2017, had an outstanding balance of $2.5 million.

Supplies Distributors paid us dividends of $1.7 million, $1.1 million and $0.9 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which eliminate in consolidation. Supplies Distributors has received lender approval to pay dividends of approximately $1.7 million in 2018, provided that no distribution may be made if, after giving effect thereto, Supplies Distributors or its subsidiaries would be in noncompliance with its financial covenants under its current facilities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We currently believe our cash position, financing available under our credit facilities and funds generated from operations will satisfy our presently known operating cash needs, our working capital and capital expenditure requirements, our current debt and lease obligations, and additional loans to our subsidiaries, if necessary, for at least the next twelve months.


To obtain additional financing in the future, in addition to our current cash position, we plan tomay evaluate various financing alternatives including the sale of equity, utilizing capital or operating leases, borrowing under our credit facilities, expanding our current credit facilities or entering into new debt agreements. No assurances can be given we will be successful in obtaining any additional financing or the terms thereof.

Our cash position decreased in 20172019 primarily from usingdue to payments made applicable to capital expenditures and debt obligations, partially offset by cash generated from operations to make capital expenditures, payments for acquisition-related contingencies, and to service debt obligations.

operating activities.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

During 2017,2019, cash income fromprovided by operations before working capital changes was $14.7$10.9 million, compared to $11.2$11.6 million in 2016 and $12.0 in 2015. In addition, we received cash flow benefits2018. Cash flows from operating activities decreased primarily due to decreasesthe net loss incurred in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, other receivables and other assets, as well as inventories, the latter decrease caused by the reduction of our Ricoh related product revenue business. The above cash proceeds were2019, partially offset by increaseschanges in accounts payable, deferred revenue, accrued expenses and other liabilities.

working capital for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to 2018.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities included capital expenditures of $4.7 million, $8.7$3.8 million and $4.5$4.9 million in the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019 and 2015,2018, respectively, exclusive of property and equipment acquired under debt and capital lease financing,finance leases, which consisted primarily of capitalized software costs and equipment purchases.

Capital expenditures have historically consisted of additions to upgrade our management information systems, development of customized technology solutions to support and integrate with our service fee clients and general expansion and upgrades to our facilities, both domestic and foreign. We expect to incur capital expenditures to support new contracts and anticipated future growth opportunities. Based on our current client business activity and our targeted growth plans, we anticipate our total investment in upgrades and additions to facilities and information technology solutions and services for the upcoming twelve months, including costs to implement new clients, will be approximately $7.0 million to $10.0$9.0 million, although additionalincluding amounts expected to be financed through debt or finance leases. Additional capital expenditures may be necessary to support the infrastructure requirements of new clients. To maintain our current operating cash position, a portion of these expenditures may be financed through client reimbursements, debt, operating or capitalfinance leases or additional equity. We may elect to modify or defer a portion of such anticipated investments in the event that we do not obtain the financing results necessary to support such investments.

In 2016 and 2015, cash flows from investing activities included initial cash payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired, of $8.4 million in 2016 for Conexus, and $31.6 million in 2015 for Moda and CrossView.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

During 2017,2019, cash used in financing activities was $14.7$9.4 million, compared to $9.9 million in 2018.  In both years, the cash used in financing activity was primarily related to repayments on our debt and capital lease obligations and performance-based contingent payments, partially offset by borrowings under our revolving loan. In each of the years 2016 and 2015, cash flows from financing activities of $7.0 million and $18.6 million, respectively, were primarily due to proceeds from issuance of debt, netpaydown of debt and capitalfinance lease payments and performance-based contingent payments related to our recent acquisitions.

Payments made in relation to performance-based contingent payments were $2.0 million paid in 2017 for CrossView 2016 performance-based contingent payments, $9.5 million paid in 2016 for REV Solutions, Inc. and REVTECH Solutions India Private Limited (collectively “REV”), LiveAreaLabs, Inc. (“LAL”) and CrossView 2015 performance-based contingent payments and $2.0 million paid in 2015 for REV and LAL 2014 performance-based contingent payments.

obligations.  

Working Capital

During 2017,2019, our working capital decreased to $13.7$14.3 million from $18.6$22.9 million at December 31, 2016,2018. This decrease was primarily driven by (i) $11.5related to the inclusion of $8.9 million net reductionin current operating lease liabilities due to our adoption of long-term debt, (ii) $3.0 million reduction of capital lease obligations, and (iii) $4.7 million used to purchase property and equipment, offset by income from operations before working capital changes.

ASC 842 in 2019.

Inventory Financing

To finance its distribution of Ricoh products in the U.S., Supplies Distributors has a short-term credit facility with IBM Credit LLC (“IBM Credit”) that provides financing for eligible inventory and certain receivables for up to $13.0$7.5 million. We have provided a collateralized guarantee to secure the repayment of this credit facility. The IBM Credit facility does not have a stated maturity and both parties have the ability to exit the facility following a 90-day notice. The Company has direct vendor credit terms with Ricoh to finance Supplies Distributors European subsidiary’s inventory purchases.


This credit facility contains various restrictions upon the ability of Supplies Distributors and its subsidiaries to, among other things, merge, consolidate, sell assets, incur indebtedness, make loans, investments and payments to related parties (including entities directly or indirectly owned by PFSweb, Inc.), provide guarantees, make investments and loans, pledge assets, make changes to capital stock ownership structure and pay dividends, as well as financial covenants, such as annualized revenue to working capital, net profit after tax to revenue and total liabilities to tangible net worth, as defined, and are secured by all of the assets of Supplies Distributors, as well as a collateralized guaranty of PFSweb. Additionally, we are required to maintain a subordinated loan to Supplies Distributors of no less than $2.5$1.0 million, not maintain restricted cash of more than $5.0 million, are restricted with regard to transactions with related parties, indebtedness and changes to capital stock ownership. Furthermore, we are obligated to repay any over-advance


30



made to Supplies Distributors or its subsidiaries under these facilities if they are unable to do so. We have also provided a guarantee of substantially all of the obligations of Supplies Distributors and its subsidiaries to IBM and Ricoh.

In January 2018, Supplies Distributors entered into Amendment No. 19 to the IBM Credit Facility. The Amended IBM Credit Facility adjusts the minimum borrowing under the facility from $13.0 million to $11.0 million and lowers the minimum PFS Subordinated Note receivable PFSweb is required to maintain from $2.5 million to $1.0 million.

Debt and CapitalFinance Lease Obligations

U.S. Credit Agreement.In August 2015, we entered into a new credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Regions Bank, as agent for itself Bank of America N.A., HSBC Bank USA, National Association and one or more future lenders (the “Lenders”). Under thisthe Credit Agreement, and subject to the terms set forth therein, the Lenders have agreed to provideprovideduswith a revolving loan facility for up to $32.5 million and a term loan facility for up to $30 million.  Subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, we have the ability to increase the total loan facilities to $75 million. Availability under the revolving loan facility, which was approximately $19.3 million as of December 31, 2017, may not exceed a borrowing base of eligible accounts receivable (as defined). AdvancesBorrowings under the Credit Agreement accrueaccrued interest at a variable rate based on prime rate or Libor, plus an applicable margin,margin.
On November 1, 2018, we entered into Amendment No.1 to our credit agreement with Regions Bank (the “Amended Facility”).  The Amended Facility provides for an increase in availability of our revolving loans to $60.0 million, with the ability for a further increase of $20.0 million to $80.0 million, and have a five year maturity, with scheduled amortization payments forthe elimination of the term loan.  Amounts outstanding under the term loan advances.were reconstituted as revolving loans.  The Credit AgreementAmended Facility also extends the maturity date to November 1, 2023.
In accordance with ASC 470, Debt (“ASC 470”), we recorded a $0.1 million loss on early extinguishment of debt in 2018 related to the Amended Facility.
As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the weighted average interest rate on the revolving loan facility was 3.96% and 4.56%, respectively. In connection with the Amended Facility, the Company paid $0.3 million of fees, which are being amortized through the life of the Amended Facility and are reflected as a net reduction in debt. The Amended Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of the operating assets of the Company and its U.S. subsidiariesUS entities and a pledge of 65% of the shares of certain of the Company’sour foreign subsidiaries. The Credit AgreementAmended Facility contains cross default provisions, various restrictions upon ourthe Company’s ability to, among other things, merge, consolidate, sell assets, incur indebtedness, make loans and payments to subsidiaries, affiliates and related parties, make capital expenditures, make investments and loans, pledge assets, make changes to capital stock ownership structure, as well as financial covenants, as defined, of a minimum consolidated fixed charge ratio and a maximum consolidated leverage ratio.
In June 2016, PFSweb also entered into a Master Agreement with Regions Bank to provide equipment loans financing for certain capital expenditures.

Master Lease Agreements.The Company has various agreements that provide for leasing or financing transactions of equipment and other assets and will continue to enter into such arrangements as needed to finance the purchasing or leasing of certain equipment or other assets. Borrowings under these agreements, which generally have terms of three to five years, are generally secured by the related equipment, and in certain cases, by a Company parent guarantee.

Other than performance-based contingent payments applicable to our CrossView acquisition, and our capital and operating lease commitments, we do not have any other material financial commitments, although future client contracts may require capital expenditures and lease commitments to support the services provided to such clients.

Debt Covenants / Restricted Net Assets

Certain of our credit facilities contain various financial and non-financial covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create or permit liens on assets, engage in mergers or consolidations, and place restrictions on the transfer of assets or the payment of dividends between us and our subsidiaries. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had restricted net assets of approximately $63.3 million and $71.6 million, respectively.

To the extent we fail to comply with our debt covenants, including the financial covenant requirements and we are not able to obtain a waiver, the lenders would be entitled to accelerate the repayment of any outstanding credit facility obligations, and exercise all other rights and remedies, including sale of collateral. An acceleration of the repayment of our credit facility obligations may have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We can provide no assurance we will have the financial ability to repay all such obligations. As of December 31, 2017,2019, we were in compliance with all debt covenants. Further, non-renewal of any of our credit facilities may have a material adverse impact on our business and financial condition.

Contractual Obligations

The following is a schedule of our total contractual cash obligations, which is comprised of debt, performance-based contingent payments, operating leases and capital leases (including interest), as of December 31, 2017 (in millions):


 

 

Payments Due By Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than

1 Year

 

 

1 - 3

Years

 

 

3 - 5

Years

 

 

More than

5 Years

 

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt

 

$

44,423

 

 

$

4,075

 

 

$

39,117

 

 

$

1,231

 

 

$

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

3,032

 

 

 

2,256

 

 

 

776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance-based

   contingent payments

 

 

3,967

 

 

 

3,967

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

58,760

 

 

 

10,217

 

 

 

18,898

 

 

 

15,757

 

 

 

13,888

 

           Total

 

$

110,182

 

 

$

20,515

 

 

$

58,791

 

 

$

16,988

 

 

$

13,888

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

There are no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.

Impact of Recently Issued

New Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FinancialPronouncements

See Note 2 “Significant Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, As Amended (“ASU 2014-09”), which will replace numerous requirements in U.S. GAAP, including industry-specific requirements, provides companies with a single revenue recognition model for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers and significantly expands the disclosure requirements for revenue arrangements. The new standard, as amended, will be effective for the Company for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2018. The two permitted transition methods under the new standard are the full retrospective method, in which case the standard would be applied to each prior reporting period presented, or the modified retrospective method, in which case the cumulative effect of applying the standard would be recognized at the date of initial application with disclosure of results under the new and old standards for the first year of adoption.

The Company will adopt the standard as of January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective transition method. Under the modified retrospective transition method, the Company will calculate and record the cumulative effect of adopting the new standard at January 1, 2018 for all open contracts, in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2018.

Based on its evaluation process, the Company has identified certain potential areas of impact. Application of the new standard requires that incremental costs of obtaining a contract (including sales commissions plus any associated fringe benefits) be recognized as an asset and expensed over the expected life of the arrangement. Currently the Company expenses certain contract acquisition costs as incurred. Under the new standard the Company will defer incremental commission costs to obtain a contract and amortize those costs over the period of benefit. ASU 2014-09 allows, as a policy election, sales commissions related to contracts less than one year to be expensed as incurred instead of capitalized, as a practical expedient. The Company has elected this practical expedient. Therefore, only commissions related to contracts greater than one year will be capitalized.

Additionally, the Company has reviewed the way it manages volume tiered discounts and penalties. Currently, revenue adjustments are recorded as discounts or penalties when incurred. Under ASU 2014-09, these items will be treated as variable consideration and good faith estimates will be made up front, which will have the impact of reducing some of the revenue. Variable consideration will be reassessed quarterly.

Contract modifications under prior guidance were handled as modifications, if the adjustment was for additional hours on time and materials contracts, which were adjusted and charged as work is performed monthly. Under ASU 2014-09, we will continue to account for large scope changes with significant additional distinct services with related price increases that reflect our stand-alone selling price of the scope change as separate contracts.  ASU 2014-09 allows, as a transition practical expedient, for contracts modified priorPolicies” to the beginning of the earliest reporting period presented under the new standard (January 1, 2018 for the Company), an entity can reflect the aggregate effect of all modifications that occur before the beginning of the earliest period presented under the new standard when identifying the satisfied and unsatisfied performance obligations, determining the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to the satisfied and unsatisfied performance obligations for the modified contract at transition. We are electing this practical expedient.

Based on contracts in process at December 31, 2017, the Company expects to record, upon adoption of ASU 2014-09, a net cumulative adjustment to shareholders’ equity not to exceed $1.0 million. The adjustment to retained earnings primarily relates to the modification of the amortization of implementation related deferred revenues and costs. Sales commissions were not a material amount for open contracts at December 31, 2017 and, therefore, will not have an impact at adoption.

The Company will make certain presentation changes on its consolidated balance sheet to comply with the new standard.


In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases” (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. We are currently assessing the ASU’s impact on our consolidated financial statements but do expect the adoption to have a material impact to the balance sheet through the additionin Item 8 of an ROU assetPart II of this 10-K for our discussion about new accounting pronouncements adopted and corresponding lease liability.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments - a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force” (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. Certain issues addressed in this guidance include - debt payments or debt extinguishment costs, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, distributions received from equity method investments and beneficial interests in securitization transactions. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2016-15 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business” (“ASU 2017-01”). ASU 2017-01 clarifies the definition of a business when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses, ASU 2017-01 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods therein, beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods. ASU 2017-01 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill impairment” (“ASU 2017-04”), which removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. A goodwill impairment will now be determined by the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods therein, beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the effect of ASU 2017-04.

On May 10, 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, “Compensation–Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting,” (“ASU 2017-09”) clarifying when a change to the terms or conditions of a stock-based payment award must be accounted for as a modification. ASU 2017-09 requires modification accounting if the fair value, vesting condition or the classification of the award is not the same immediately before and after a change to the terms and conditions of the award. ASU 2017-09 is effective for the Company on a prospective basis beginning on January 1, 2018. ASU 2017-09 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as it is not the Company’s practice to change either the terms or conditions of stock-based payment awards once they are granted.

pending.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These accounting principles require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported

31



amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. While we do not believe the reported amounts would be materially different, application of these policies involves the exercise of judgment and the use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ from these estimates. If there is a significant unfavorable change to current conditions, it could result in a material adverse impact to our business, operating results and financial condition. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. All of our significant accounting policies are disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

We have defined a critical accounting estimate as one that is both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and requires us to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates about matters that are uncertain. During the past two years, we have not made any material changes in accounting methodology used to establish the critical accounting estimates discussed below. The following represent certain critical accounting policies that require us to exercise our business judgment or make significant estimates. In addition, there are other items within our consolidated financial statements that require estimation but are not deemed critical as defined above.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue primarily from services provided under contractual arrangements with our clients or from the sale of products under our distributor agreements. We recognize revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606"), when persuasive evidencecontrol of the promised goods or services is transferred to our clients and customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services.
We will often enter into contracts with clients and customers that contain multiple promises to transfer control of multiple products and/or services. To the extent a contract includes provisioning multiple products or services, we apply judgment to determine whether promised deliverables are capable of being distinct and are distinct in the context of the contract. If these criteria are not met, sales arrangement exists, product


shipment or delivery has occurredof different products or services are rendered,accounted for as a combined performance obligation. For arrangements with multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate consideration among the salesperformance obligations based on their relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling price is the price at which we would sell a promised good or fee is fixedservice separately to our client and customers.

The Company may execute more than one contract or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

agreement with a single customer. The separate contracts or agreements may be viewed as one combined arrangement or separate agreements for revenue recognition purposes. In instances where revenue is derived from salesorder to reach appropriate conclusions regarding whether such agreements should be combined, the Company evaluates whether the agreements were negotiated as a package with a single commercial objective, whether the amount of third-party vendorconsideration to be paid in one agreement depends on the price and/or performance of another agreement, or whether the good or services we record revenue onpromised in the agreements represent a gross basis when we are a principal tosingle performance obligation. The conclusions reached can impact the identification of distinct performance obligations, allocation of the transaction and net of costs when we are acting as an agent between the customer or clientprice to each performance obligation and the vendor. We consider several factorstiming of revenue recognition related to determine whether we are a principal or an agent, most notably whether we are the primary obligor to the vendor or customer, have established our own pricing and have inventory and credit risks, if applicable.

those arrangements

Our service fee revenue primarily relates to our distribution services, order management/to cash, fulfillment, customer care, services, professional,consulting, design, digital agencymarketing and technology services. Distribution services relate primarily to inventory management, product receiving, warehousing and fulfillment (i.e., picking, packing and shipping product on our clients’ behalf). Order management/customer care services relate primarily to taking customer orders for our clients’ products via various channels such as telephone call-center, electronic or facsimile. These services also entail addressing customer questions related to orders, as well as cross-selling/up-selling activities. Professional and technology services relate primarily to design, implementation and support of eCommerce platforms, website solutions and quality control for our clients.

We typically charge our service fee revenue on either a cost-plus basis, a percent of shipped revenue basis, a time and materials, project or retainer basis for our professional services, or a per transaction basis, such as a per item basis for fulfillment services or a per labor hour basis for web-enabled customer contact center services. Additional fees are billed for other services. For technology and digital agency services, we maytypically charge on a fixed cost basis based on an estimated maximum number of professional service labor hours.

We evaluatehours or bill for each professional labor hour at a per hour price.  

Within our contractual arrangementsPFS Operations unit, our performance obligations typically consist of standing ready to provide a service over a contract term. As such, our performance obligations within service fee revenue across the company are generally transferred to clients over time. A time-elapsed output measure is used to determine whether orprogress, with individual time increments representing a single series performance obligation. Variable consideration charged within these contracts is allocated to the individual reporting period in which the service was provided. Within our LiveArea Professional Services unit, our contracts are structured so that the amount the Company has a right to invoice corresponds directly with the value of our performance to date, we will elect the ‘as-invoiced’ practical expedient and recognize revenue as we have a right to invoice. If our contract is not they include multiple service elements. Revenue recognition isstructured such that it meets the criteria for this practical expedient, then we use an input measure of progress based on labor hours incurred to date to measure our progress to completion. The Company has determined forthat the separate service elementsabove methods provide a faithful depiction of the contract in accordance withtransfer of services to the requirements of Accounting Standards Codification 605, “Revenue Recognition.” A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has stand-alone value and there are no return rights or other contingencies present for the delivered elements. We allocate revenue to each element based on estimated selling price. Each of our client contracts, and the related services, is unique, with individual needs and criteria customized for each client. Each client engagement is scoped and priced separately and as such we are not able to establish vendor specific objective evidence of fair value for our services, nor is third-party evidence available to establish stand-alone selling prices. Accordingly we use our best estimate of selling price for the deliverables. We establish our estimates considering internal factors such as margin objectives, pricing practices and controls as well as market conditions such as competitor pricing strategies.

customer.

We perform front-end set-up and integration services to support client eCommerce platforms and websites.our fulfillment activities. When we determine these front-end set-up and integration services do not meet the criteria for recognition as a separate unit of accounting, we defer the start-upperformance obligation, any start up fees received represent

32



a non-refundable up-front fee and are allocated to the relatedother performance obligations within that contract. The Company recognizes revenue for non-refundable upfront implementation fees on a straight-line basis over the period between the initiation of the services through the end of the contract term. Related costs are capitalized as costs to fulfill the contract and recognize themare recognized over the expected performance period. When we determine these front-end set-up and integration services do meet the criteria for recognition as a separate unit of accounting, for
For contracts recognized over time, and material arrangements, we recognize revenue as services are rendered and costs as they are incurred. For fixed-price arrangements, we use the estimated loss to the extent the project has been completed contract method to recognize revenues and costs if reasonable and reliable cost estimates for a project cannot be made. If reasonable and reliable costs estimates for a project can be made, we recognize revenue over the expected performance periodbased on a proportional performance basis, as determined by the relationship of actual efforthours incurred compared to the total estimated hours.  A loss is recognized when the current estimate of the consideration we expect to receive, modified to include any variable consideration, is less than the current estimate of total contract effort. We use this method becausecosts for the contract.
In instances where revenue is derived from sales of third-party vendor services, we consider effort incurredrecord revenue on a gross basis when we are a principal to date to be the best available measuretransaction and net of progress on contract in progress. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts, if any,costs when we are madeacting as an agent between the customer or client and the vendor. Whether we are the principal or agent in the period in which such losses are determined. Change orders that result from modification of an original contract are taken into consideration for revenue recognition when they result in a change of total contract value and are approvedtransaction is determined by our clients.

whether we control the service being provided.

Depending on the terms of the customer arrangement, product revenue is recognized at a point in time when control transfers to the customer. This is either upon shipment of the product or when the customer receives the product. Product revenue is reported net of estimated variable consideration related to returns and allowances, which are estimated based upon historical return information. Management also considers any other current information and trends in making estimates. If actual sales returns, allowances and discounts are greater than estimated by management, additional expense may be incurred.

Cost of Service Fee Revenue

Our cost of service fee revenue represents the cost to provide the services described above, primarily compensation and related expenses and other fixed and variable expenses directly related to providing the services. These also include certain occupancy and information technology costs and depreciation and amortization expenses. Certain of these costs are allocated from general and administrative expenses. For these allocations, we estimate the amount of direct expenses based on client-specific information, such as the number of transactions processed. We believe our allocation methodology is reasonable, however a change in assumptions would result in a different gross profit in our statement of operations, yet no change to the resulting net income or loss.


Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The determination of the collectability of amounts due from our clients and customers requires us to use estimates and make judgments regarding future events and trends, including monitoring our clients’ and customers’ payment history and current credit worthiness to determine that collectability is reasonably assured, as well as consideration of the overall business climate in which our clients and customers operate. Inherently, these uncertainties require us to make frequent judgments and estimates regarding our clients and customers’ ability to pay amounts due us to determine the appropriate amount of valuation allowances required for doubtful accounts. Provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded when it becomes evident the client or customer will not make the required payments at either contractual due dates or in the future. These provisions may be based on discussions with the client or customer or the age of the amount due.

In our Retail model, we also maintain an allowance for uncollectible vendor receivables, which arise from inventory returns to vendors, vendor rebates, price protections and other promotions. We determine the sufficiency of the vendor receivable allowance based upon various factors, including payment history and vendor communication. Amounts received from vendors may vary from amounts recorded because of potential non-compliance with certain elements of vendor programs. If our estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts or vendor receivables subsequently prove insufficient, an additional allowance may be required.

We believe our allowances for doubtful accounts are adequate to cover anticipated losses under current conditions; however, uncertainties regarding changes in the financial condition of our clients and customers, either adverse or positive, could impact the amount and timing of any additional provisions for doubtful accounts that may be required.

Inventory Reserves

Inventories (merchandise, held for resale, all of which are finished goods) are stated at the lower of weighted average cost and net realizable value. Supplies Distributors and its subsidiaries assume responsibility for slow-moving inventory under certain distributor agreements, subject to certain termination rights, but have the right to return product rendered obsolete by engineering changes, as defined. We review inventories for impairment on a periodic basis, but at a minimum, annually. Recoverability of the inventory on hand is measured by comparisons of the carrying value to the fair value of the inventory. This requires us to record provisions and maintain reserves for excess or obsolete inventory. If write-downs of inventories are necessary, the cost basis of that inventory is adjusted. To determine these reserve amounts, we regularly review inventory quantities on hand and compare them to estimates of future product demand and market conditions. These estimates and forecasts inherently include uncertainties and require us to make judgments regarding potential outcomes. We believe our reserves are adequate to cover anticipated losses under current conditions; however, significant or unanticipated changes to our estimates and forecasts, either adverse or positive, could impact the amount and timing of any additional provisions for excess or obsolete inventory that may be required.

Stock Compensation

We utilize our Employee Stock and Incentive Plan (the “Employee Plan”) to help attract, retain and incentivize qualified executives, key employees and non-employee directors to increase our shareholder value and help build and sustain growth. The Employee Plan provides for the granting of incentive awards in a variety of forms, such as the award of an option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock award, restricted stock unit, deferred stock unit, among other stock-based awards.

Compensation cost is measured based on the grant date fair value of the award. Depending on the conditions associated with the vesting of the award, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line or graded basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period of each award.

We estimate the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For certain of the awards that have a market condition, we estimate the compensation cost using a Monte-Carlo simulation. The estimated fair value for awards involves assumptions for expected dividend yield, stock price volatility, risk-free interest rates and the expected life of the award.

If, in the future, we determine that another method of estimating an award’s fair value is more reasonable, or, if another method for calculating these input assumptions is prescribed by authoritative guidance, and, therefore, should be used to estimate expected volatility or expected term, the fair value calculated for our stock-based compensation could change significantly.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

33


Table of Contents

The liability method is used for determining our income taxes, under which current and deferred tax liabilities and assets are recorded in accordance with enacted tax laws and rates. Under this method, the amounts of deferred tax liabilities and assets at the end of each period are determined using the tax rate expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to their net realizable value when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for valuation allowances, we have considered and made judgments and estimates regarding estimated future taxable income. These estimates and judgments include some degree of uncertainty and changes in these estimates and assumptions could require us to adjust the valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets depends on the generation of sufficient taxable income in the applicable taxing jurisdictions. Although we believe our estimates and judgments are reasonable, actual results may differ, which could be material.

Because we operate in multiple countries, we are subject to the jurisdiction of multiple domestic and foreign tax authorities. Determination of taxable income in any jurisdiction requires the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and the use of estimates and assumptions regarding significant future events such as the amount, timing and character of deductions, permissible revenue recognition methods under the tax law and the sources and character of income and tax credits. Changes in tax laws, regulations, foreign currency exchange restrictions or our level of operations or profitability in each taxing jurisdiction could have an impact on the amount of income taxes that we provide during any given year.

Business Combinations

We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires the assets and liabilities to be recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date in the consolidated financial statements. The determination of estimated fair value may require us to make significant estimates and assumptions, including estimates of future financial performance the acquired entity. The purchase price is the fair value of the total consideration conveyed to the seller and the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired identifiable net assets, where applicable, is recorded as goodwill. The results of operations of an acquired business are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Costs associated with the acquisition of a business are expensed in the period incurred.

Long-Lived Assets, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets include property, intangible assets, goodwill and certain other assets. We make judgments and estimates in conjunction with the carrying value of these assets, including amounts to be capitalized, depreciation and amortization methods and useful lives. Additionally, we review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We review goodwill for impairment at least annually, as of year-end.on October 1. We record impairment losses in the period in which we determine the carrying amount is not recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. This may require us to make judgments regarding long-term forecasts of our future revenues and costs related to the assets subject to review.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not applicable.

We are exposed to various market risks including interest rates on our financial instruments and foreign exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

Our interest rate risk relates to the outstanding balances on our inventory and working capital financing agreements and credit agreement which amounted to $51.3 million at December 31, 2017. A 100 basis point movement in interest rates would result in approximately $0.5 million annualized increase or decrease in interest expense based on the outstanding balance


34


Table of these agreements at December 31, 2017.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Currently, our foreign currency exchange rate risk is primarily limited to the Canadian Dollar, the Euro, the British Pound and the Indian Rupee. In the future, our foreign currency exchange risk may also include other currencies applicable to certain of our international operations. We may, from time to time, employ derivative financial instruments to manage our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency rates. To hedge our net investment and intercompany payable or receivable balances in foreign operations, we may enter into forward currency exchange contracts. No derivative instruments or forward currency exchange contracts were entered into during 2017, 2016 or 2015.

Contents


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page

Page
PFSweb, Inc. and Subsidiaries

40

41

42

43

44

45


35


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Shareholders and Board of Directors

PFSweb, Inc.

505 Millennium Dr.

Allen, TX 75013

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PFSweb, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss,income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the periodthen ended, December 31, 2017, and the related notes and schedules listed in Item 15(a)(1) of this annual report on Form 10-K (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and subsidiaries at December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, and the results of theirits operations and theirits cash flows for each of the three years in the periodthen ended, December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) and our report dated March 16, 201813, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Notes 2 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases.
Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


/s/ BDO USA, LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.

Dallas, Texas

March 16, 2018

13, 2020

36


Table of Contents

PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31

(In thousands, except share data)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

19,078

 

 

$

24,425

 

Restricted cash

 

214

 

 

 

215

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $373 and $494 at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively

 

72,062

 

 

 

80,223

 

Inventories, net of reserves of $342 and $568 at December 31, 2017 and

   December 31, 2016, respectively

 

5,326

 

 

 

6,632

 

Other receivables

 

5,366

 

 

 

6,750

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

6,633

 

 

 

7,299

 

Total current assets

 

108,679

 

 

 

125,544

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net

 

24,178

 

 

 

30,264

 

IDENTIFIABLE INTANGIBLES, net

 

3,371

 

 

 

6,864

 

GOODWILL

 

45,698

 

 

 

46,210

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

3,861

 

 

 

2,454

 

Total assets

$

185,787

 

 

$

211,336

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts payable

$

45,070

 

 

$

59,752

 

Accrued expenses

 

29,074

 

 

 

30,360

 

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

9,460

 

 

 

7,300

 

Deferred revenue

 

7,405

 

 

 

7,156

 

Performance-based contingent payments

 

3,967

 

 

 

2,405

 

Total current liabilities

 

94,976

 

 

 

106,973

 

LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, less current portion

 

37,866

 

 

 

52,399

 

DEFERRED REVENUE, less current portion

 

4,034

 

 

 

4,127

 

DEFERRED RENT

 

5,464

 

 

 

4,810

 

PERFORMANCE-BASED CONTINGENT PAYMENTS, less current portion

 

 

 

 

1,678

 

OTHER LIABILITIES

 

2,150

 

 

 

1,066

 

Total liabilities

 

144,490

 

 

 

171,053

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or

   outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 35,000,000 shares authorized; 19,058,685 and

   18,768,567 shares issued at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016,

   respectively; and 19,025,218 and 18,735,100 outstanding at December 31, 2017

   and December 31, 2016, respectively

 

19

 

 

 

19

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

150,614

 

 

 

146,286

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(109,281

)

 

 

(105,317

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

70

 

 

 

(580

)

Treasury stock at cost, 33,467 shares

 

(125

)

 

 

(125

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

41,297

 

 

 

40,283

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$

185,787

 

 

$

211,336

 

 2019 2018
ASSETS   
CURRENT ASSETS:   
Cash and cash equivalents$12,434
 $15,419
Restricted cash214
 207
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,071 and $585 at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively72,262
 72,415
Inventories, net of reserves of $291 and $298 at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively3,281
 6,090
Other receivables3,324
 4,014
Prepaid expenses and other current assets6,954
 6,943
Total current assets98,469
 105,088
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net18,436
 21,496
OPERATING LEASE RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS, net36,403
 
IDENTIFIABLE INTANGIBLES, net1,135
 1,803
GOODWILL45,393
 45,185
OTHER ASSETS3,772
 3,501
Total assets$203,608
 $177,073
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   
CURRENT LIABILITIES:   
Trade accounts payable$44,640
 $47,580
Accrued expenses21,625
 24,623
Current portion of operating lease liabilities8,904
 
Current portion of long-term debt and finance lease obligations2,971
 2,610
Deferred revenue6,058
 7,328
Total current liabilities84,198
 82,141
LONG-TERM DEBT AND FINANCE LEASE OBLIGATIONS, less current portion34,829
 39,348
DEFERRED REVENUE, less current portion1,398
 1,927
DEFERRED RENT
 4,625
OPERATING LEASE LIABILITIES33,295
 
OTHER LIABILITIES3,046
 2,449
Total liabilities156,766
 130,490
    
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:   
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 35,000,000 shares authorized; 19,465,877 and 19,294,296 issued at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively; and 19,432,410 and 19,260,829 outstanding at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively19
 19
Additional paid-in capital158,192
 155,455
Accumulated deficit(109,943) (107,773)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(1,301) (993)
Treasury stock at cost, 33,467 shares(125) (125)
Total shareholders’ equity46,842
 46,583
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$203,608
 $177,073
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


37


Table of Contents

PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

INCOME (LOSS)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

REVENUES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service fee revenue

$

233,580

 

 

$

226,165

 

 

$

182,175

 

Product revenue, net

 

40,663

 

 

 

48,695

 

 

 

58,659

 

Pass-through revenue

 

52,582

 

 

 

59,783

 

 

 

47,435

 

Total revenues

 

326,825

 

 

 

334,643

 

 

 

288,269

 

COSTS OF REVENUES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of service fee revenue

 

155,160

 

 

 

155,513

 

 

 

123,574

 

Cost of product revenue

 

38,504

 

 

 

45,883

 

 

 

55,587

 

Cost of pass-through revenue

 

52,582

 

 

 

59,783

 

 

 

47,435

 

Total costs of revenues

 

246,246

 

 

 

261,179

 

 

 

226,596

 

Gross profit

 

80,579

 

 

 

73,464

 

 

 

61,673

 

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

 

79,981

 

 

 

76,304

 

 

 

66,280

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

598

 

 

 

(2,840

)

 

 

(4,607

)

INTEREST EXPENSE, net

 

2,738

 

 

 

2,323

 

 

 

1,757

 

Loss from operations before income taxes

 

(2,140

)

 

 

(5,163

)

 

 

(6,364

)

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

1,824

 

 

 

2,367

 

 

 

1,497

 

NET LOSS

$

(3,964

)

 

$

(7,530

)

 

$

(7,861

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS PER SHARE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

$

(0.21

)

 

$

(0.41

)

 

$

(0.45

)

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

18,933

 

 

 

18,542

 

 

 

17,608

 

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

$

(3,964

)

 

$

(7,530

)

 

$

(7,861

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes

 

650

 

 

 

(284

)

 

 

(978

)

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

$

(3,314

)

 

$

(7,814

)

 

$

(8,839

)

 2019 2018
REVENUES:   
Service fee revenue$214,382
 $230,484
Product revenue, net26,613
 34,350
Pass-through revenue53,027
 61,326
Total revenues294,022
 326,160
COSTS OF REVENUES:   
Cost of service fee revenue141,616
 146,827
Cost of product revenue25,158
 32,710
Cost of pass-through revenue53,027
 61,326
Total costs of revenues219,801
 240,863
Gross profit74,221
 85,297
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES73,334
 78,800
Income from operations887
 6,497
INTEREST EXPENSE, net1,896
 2,499
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes(1,009) 3,998
INCOME TAX EXPENSE1,161
 2,770
NET INCOME (LOSS)$(2,170) $1,228
    
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:   
Basic$(0.11) $0.06
Diluted$(0.11) $0.06
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING:   
Basic19,449
 19,203
Diluted19,449
 19,826
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS):   
Net income (loss)$(2,170) $1,228
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes(308) (1,063)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)$(2,478) $165
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


38


Table of Contents

PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-In

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

Shareholders'

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

17,047,093

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

129,457

 

 

$

(89,926

)

 

$

682

 

 

 

33,467

 

 

$

(125

)

 

$

40,105

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,861

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,861

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

4,637

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,637

 

Exercise of stock options

 

382,893

 

 

 

 

 

1,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,483

 

Issuance of restricted stock

 

109,486

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax withholding on restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

(646

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(646

)

Shares issued related to acquisitions

 

596,746

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

6,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,843

 

Non-cash compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

175

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(978

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(978

)

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

18,136,218

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

141,948

 

 

 

(97,787

)

 

 

(296

)

 

 

33,467

 

 

 

(125

)

 

 

43,758

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,530

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,530

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

2,111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,111

 

Exercise of stock options

 

250,256

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,204

 

Issuance of restricted stock

 

210,076

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax withholding on restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

(1,307

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,307

)

Shares issued related to acquisitions

 

172,017

 

 

 

 

 

2,331

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,331

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(284

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(284

)

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

18,768,567

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

146,286

 

 

 

(105,317

)

 

 

(580

)

 

 

33,467

 

 

 

(125

)

 

 

40,283

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,964

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,964

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

3,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,333

 

Exercise of stock options

 

168,823

 

 

 

 

 

770

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

770

 

Issuance of restricted stock

 

73,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax withholding on restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

(256

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(256

)

Non-cash compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

Shares issued related to acquisitions

 

48,173

 

 

 

 

 

353

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

353

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

650

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

19,058,685

 

 

$

19

 

 

$

150,614

 

 

$

(109,281

)

 

$

70

 

 

 

33,467

 

 

$

(125

)

 

$

41,297

 

 Common Stock 
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 Treasury Stock 
Total
Shareholders'
Equity
 Shares Amount    Shares Amount 
Balance, December 31, 201719,058,685
 $19
 $150,614
 $(109,281) $70
 33,467
 $(125) $41,297
Net income
 
 
 1,228
 
 
 
 1,228
Impact of the adoption of new accounting pronouncement
 
 
 280
 
 
 
 280
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 4,032
 
 
 
 
 4,032
Exercise of stock options68,698
 
 350
 
 
 
 
 350
Issuance of restricted stock89,915
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax withholding on restricted stock
 
 (363) 
 
 
 
 (363)
Shares issued related to acquisitions76,998
 
 822
 
 
 
 
 822
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes
 
 
 
 (1,063) 
 
 (1,063)
Balance, December 31, 201819,294,296
 19
 155,455
 (107,773) (993) 33,467
 (125) 46,583
Net loss
 
 
 (2,170) 
 
 
 (2,170)
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 3,027
 
 
 
 
 3,027
Exercise of stock options9,500
 
 14
 
 
 
 
 14
Issuance of restricted stock162,081
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax withholding on restricted stock
 
 (304) 
 
 
 
 (304)
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes
 
 
 
 (308) 
 
 (308)
Balance, December 31, 201919,465,877
 $19
 $158,192
 $(109,943) $(1,301) 33,467
 $(125) $46,842
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


39


Table of Contents

PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

(In thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

$

(3,964

)

 

$

(7,530

)

 

$

(7,861

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

14,899

 

 

 

15,377

 

 

 

14,831

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

149

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

52

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

(26

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

187

 

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

 

58

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

93

 

Loss on disposition of fixed assets

 

159

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(274

)

 

 

823

 

 

 

58

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

3,333

 

 

 

2,111

 

 

 

4,637

 

Non-cash compensation expense

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

175

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

10,595

 

 

 

(8,931

)

 

 

(5,632

)

Inventories

 

1,266

 

 

 

2,578

 

 

 

1,070

 

Prepaid expenses, other receivables and other assets

 

2,036

 

 

 

424

 

 

 

(824

)

Deferred rent

 

(14

)

 

 

887

 

 

 

(542

)

Accounts payable, deferred revenue, accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

(17,294

)

 

 

7,101

 

 

 

16,427

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

11,051

 

 

 

13,266

 

 

 

22,671

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(4,652

)

 

 

(8,713

)

 

 

(4,489

)

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

(8,359

)

 

 

(31,619

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(4,587

)

 

 

(17,072

)

 

 

(36,108

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

770

 

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

1,483

 

Taxes paid on behalf of employees for withheld shares

 

(256

)

 

 

(1,307

)

 

 

(646

)

Decrease in restricted cash

 

2

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

383

 

Payments on performance-based contingent payments

 

(2,004

)

 

 

(9,454

)

 

 

(2,043

)

Payments on capital lease obligations

 

(3,064

)

 

 

(2,981

)

 

 

(2,417

)

Payments on term loan

 

(2,438

)

 

 

(563

)

 

 

 

Borrowings on term loan

 

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

10,000

 

Payments on revolving loan

 

(97,846

)

 

 

(83,553

)

 

 

(35,083

)

Borrowings on revolving loan

 

89,989

 

 

 

84,280

 

 

 

54,366

 

Payments on other debt

 

(1,219

)

 

 

(686

)

 

 

(117,785

)

Borrowings on other debt

 

1,353

 

 

 

 

 

 

111,022

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(723

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(14,713

)

 

 

6,999

 

 

 

18,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

2,902

 

 

 

(549

)

 

 

(1,467

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

(5,347

)

 

 

2,644

 

 

 

3,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period

 

24,425

 

 

 

21,781

 

 

 

18,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period

$

19,078

 

 

$

24,425

 

 

$

21,781

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

2,131

 

 

 

1,669

 

 

 

1,367

 

Cash paid for interest

 

2,496

 

 

 

1,753

 

 

 

975

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment acquired under long-term debt and capital leases

$

374

 

 

$

6,793

 

 

$

4,649

 

Performance-based contingent payments through stock issuance

$

353

 

 

$

2,238

 

 

$

6,600

 

 2019 2018
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:   
Net income (loss)$(2,170) $1,228
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:   
Depreciation and amortization10,367
 11,367
Amortization of debt issuance costs79
 144
Provision for doubtful accounts1,016
 154
Provision for excess and obsolete inventory(3) 123
Loss on disposition of fixed assets133
 62
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
 144
Deferred income taxes476
 244
Stock-based compensation expense3,027
 4,032
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:   
Accounts receivable(894) (1,525)
Inventories2,811
 (890)
Prepaid expenses, other receivables and other assets8,173
 1,294
Deferred rent
 (742)
Operating leases(7,112) 
Trade accounts payable, deferred revenue, accrued expenses and other liabilities(5,044) (4,070)
Net cash provided by operating activities10,859
 11,565
    
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:   
Purchases of property and equipment(3,912) (4,936)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment159
 54
Net cash used in investing activities(3,753) (4,882)
    
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:   
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock14
 350
Taxes paid on behalf of employees for withheld shares(304) (363)
Payments on performance-based contingent payments
 (849)
Payments on finance lease obligations(1,644) (2,505)
Payments on term loan
 (27,000)
Payments on revolving loan(148,331) (126,743)
Borrowings on revolving loan143,031
 149,010
Debt issuance costs
 (283)
Payments on other debt(3,274) (1,556)
Borrowings on other debt1,105
 
Net cash used in financing activities(9,403) (9,939)



 

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS(681) (410)
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS(2,978) (3,666)



 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period15,419
 19,078
Restricted cash, beginning of period207
 214
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, beginning of period15,626
 19,292



 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period12,434
 15,419
Restricted cash, end of period214
 207
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, end of period$12,648
 $15,626
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
Cash paid for income taxes$910
 $2,641
Cash paid for interest1,917
 2,237
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
 
Property and equipment acquired under long-term debt and finance leases2,956
 2,590
Performance-based contingent payments through stock issuance
 822
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

44


40


Table of Contents

PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Overview

PFSweb, Inc. and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “Company”, “us”, “we” or “our”; “Supplies Distributors” collectively refers to Supplies Distributors, Inc. and its subsidiaries; “Retail Connect” refers to PFSweb Retail Connect, Inc.; “REV” collectively refers to REV Solutions, Inc. and REVTECH Solutions India Private Limited; “LAL” refers to LiveAreaLabs, Inc.; “Moda” refers to Moda Superbe Limited; “CrossView” refers to CrossView, Inc.LLC.; “Conexus” refers to Conexus Limited; and “PFSweb” refers to PFSweb, Inc. and its subsidiaries, excluding Supplies Distributors and Retail Connect.

PFSweb Overview

Distributors.

PFSweb is a global provider of omni-channel commerce solutions, including a broad range of technology, infrastructure and professional services, to major brand name companies and others seeking to optimize their supply chain and to enhance their online and traditional business channels and initiatives in the United States, Canada and Europe. PFSweb’s service offerings include website design, creation and integration, digital agency and marketing, eCommerce technologies, order management, customer care, logistics and fulfillment, financial management and professional consulting.

Supplies Distributors Overview

Supplies Distributors and PFSweb operate under distributor agreements with Ricoh Company Limited and Ricoh USA Inc., a strategic business unit within the Ricoh Family Group of Companies (collectively hereafter referred to as “Ricoh”), under which Supplies Distributors acts as a distributor of various Ricoh products. Supplies Distributors sells its products in the United States, Canada and Europe. Pursuant to agreements between PFSweb and Supplies Distributors, PFSweb provides transaction management and fulfillment services to Supplies Distributors.

The majority of Supplies Distributors’ revenue is generated by its sale of product purchased from Ricoh. Under the distributor agreements, which are subject to periodic renewals, Ricoh sells product to Supplies Distributors and reimburses Supplies Distributors for certain freight costs, direct costs incurred in passing on any price decreases offered by Ricoh to Supplies Distributors or its customers to cover price protection and certain special bids, the cost of products provided to replace defective product returned by customers and other certain expenses, as defined. Supplies Distributors can return to Ricoh product rendered obsolete by Ricoh engineering changes after customer demand ends. Ricoh determines when a product is obsolete. Ricoh and Supplies Distributors also have agreements under which Ricoh reimburses or collects from Supplies Distributors amounts calculated in certain inventory cost adjustments. Supplies Distributors passes through to customers marketing programs specified by Ricoh and administers such programs according to Ricoh guidelines.

Supplies Distributors also maintains agreements with certain additional clients where it operates as an agent for the resale of product between the client and the customer, and records product revenue net of cost of product revenue as a component of service fee revenue.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The recognition and allocation of certain revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses in these consolidated financial statements also require management estimates and assumptions.

45


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

Estimates and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions believed to be applicable and reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates may change as new events occur, as additional information is obtained and as the operating environment changes. These changes have been included in the consolidated financial statements as soon as they became known. In addition, management is periodically faced with uncertainties, the outcomes of which are not within its control and will not be known for prolonged periods of time. Based on a critical assessment of accounting policies and the underlying judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of those policies, management believes the Company’s consolidated financial statements are fairly stated in accordance with US GAAP and provide a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position and results of operations.


41


Table of Contents

Revenue and Cost Recognition

The Company derives revenue primarily from services provided under contractual arrangements with itsour clients or from the sale of products under itsour distributor agreements. The followingmajority of our revenue recognition policies define the manner in which the Company accounts for sales transactions.

is derived from contracts and projects that can span from a few months to three to five years.

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidencecontrol of a sales arrangement exists, product shipment or delivery has occurredthe promised goods or services have been rendered,is transferred to its customers, in an amount that reflects the salesconsideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services.  Control is transferred to a client or customer when, or as, the client or customer obtains control over that asset. The transaction price includes fixed and, in certain contracts, variable consideration.
Variable consideration contained within our contracts includes discounts, rebates, incentives, penalties and other similar items. When a contract includes variable consideration, the Company estimates the variable consideration to determine whether any of it needs to be constrained. The Company includes the variable consideration in the transaction price only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. We estimate variable consideration and constraints based on our review of the contract terms and conditions. Variable consideration and constraint amounts are the most likely amounts based on our history with the customer. If no history is available, then we will recognize the most likely amount based on the range of possible consideration amounts. Variable consideration was not significant for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 or fee is fixed or determinable,any other reporting period presented. Variable consideration and collectability is reasonably assured.

In instances where revenue is derived from salesconstraints are updated at each reporting date.

The Company’s billings for reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses related to our Service Fee Revenues, consisting primarily of freight and shipping supplies, are included in pass-through revenues. Other items included in pass-through revenues include travel and certain third-party vendor expenses such as telecommunication charges. These other pass-through revenues are not deemed a material percentage of total revenues. In certain of our contracts, our clients elect to handle shipping related costs. Therefore, we present pass-through revenues separately, as we believe it provides better transparency to our core services.
Incremental costs to obtain a contract (such as sales commissions) are expensed when incurred when the amortization period is 1 year or less; otherwise, incremental contract costs are expensed over time as promised goods and services are transferred to a customer. Recurring operating costs for contracts with customers are recognized as incurred. Certain eligible, nonrecurring costs incurred in the initial phases of our contracts are capitalized when such costs (1) relate directly to the contract, (2) generate or enhance resources that will be used in satisfying the performance obligation in the future and (3) are expected to be recovered. Capitalized amounts are monitored regularly for impairment.
The Company enters into contracts with customers that contain multiple promises to transfer control of multiple products and/or services. To the extent a contract includes provisioning multiple products or services, the Company records revenue on a gross basis when the Companyjudgment is a principal to the transaction and net of costs when the Company is acting as an agent between the customer or client and the vendor. The Company considers several factorsapplied to determine whether promised deliverables are distinct and are distinct in the context of the contract. If this criteria is not met, sales of different products or services are accounted for as a combined performance obligation. For arrangements with multiple distinct performance obligations, consideration is allocated among the performance obligations based on their relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling price is the price at which we would sell a promised good or service separately to the customer. Our warranties generally provide a customer with assurance that the related deliverable will function as the parties intended because it complies with agreed-upon specifications and is therefore not considered an additional performance obligation in the contract.
The Company may execute more than one contract or agreement with a principalsingle customer. The separate contracts or an agent, most notablyagreements may be viewed as one combined arrangement or separate agreements for revenue recognition purposes. In order to reach appropriate conclusions regarding whether such agreements should be combined, the Company evaluates whether the Company isagreements were negotiated as a package with a single commercial objective, whether the primary obligoramount of consideration to be paid in one agreement depends on the price and/or performance of another agreement, or whether the good or services promised in the agreements represent a single performance obligation. The conclusions reached can impact the identification of distinct performance obligations, allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation and the timing of revenue recognition related to those arrangements
For contracts recognized over time, we recognize the estimated loss to the vendor or customer,extent the project has established its own pricing and has inventory and credit risks, if applicable.

been completed based on actual hours incurred compared to the total estimated hours.  A loss is recognized when the current estimate of the consideration we expect to receive, modified to include any variable consideration, is less than the current estimate of total costs for the contract.

Service Fee Revenue Activity

The Company’s service fee revenue primarily relates to its distribution services,our order management/to cash, fulfillment, customer care, services, professionalconsulting, design, digital agencymarketing and technology services. The Company typically charges its service fee revenue on either a time and materials, fixed price, cost-plus basis,a margin, a percent of shipped revenue, basis, on a time and materials, project or retainer basis for professional services, or a per transaction basis,

42


Table of Contents

such as a per item basis for fulfillment services or a per labor hour basis for web-enabled customer contact center services. Additional fees are billed for other services.

The Company evaluates its contractual arrangements to determine whether or not they include multiple service elements. Revenue recognition is determined for the separate service elements of the contract in accordance with the requirements of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605, “Revenue Recognition.” A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value and there are no return rights or other contingencies present for the delivered elements. The Company allocates revenue to each element based on estimated selling price. Each of the Company’s client contracts, and the related services, is unique, with individual needs and criteria customized for each client. Each client engagement is scoped and priced separately and as such the Company is not able to establish vendor specific objective evidence of fair value for its services, nor is third-party evidence available to establish stand-alone selling prices. Accordingly, the Company uses management’s best estimate of selling price for the deliverables. The Company establishes its estimates considering internal factors, such as margin objectives, pricing practices and controls, as well as market conditions, such as competitor pricing strategies.

Distribution services relate primarily to inventory management, product receiving, warehousing and fulfillment (i.e., picking, packing and shipping) and facilities and operations management. Service fee revenue for these activities is recognized as earned, which is either (i) on a per transaction basis or (ii) at the time of product fulfillment, which occurs at the completion of the distribution services.

Order management/customer care services relate primarily to taking customer orders for the Company’s clients’ products. These services also include addressing customer questions related to orders, as well as cross-selling/up-selling activities. Service fee revenue for this activity is recognized as the services are rendered. Fees charged to the client are on a per transaction basis based on either (i) a pre-determined fee per order or fee per telephone minutes incurred, (ii) a per dedicated agent fee, or (iii) are included in the product fulfillment service fees that are recognized on product shipment.

Professional consulting and technology service revenues primarily relate to design, implementation, service and support of eCommerce platforms, website design and solutions and quality control for the Company’s clients. Additionally, the Company provides digital agency services that enable client marketing programs to attract new customers, convert buyers and increase website value. These fees are typically charged on either a per labor hour or transaction basis, a dedicated resource model, a fixed price arrangement, or a percent of merchandise shipped basis. Service fee revenue for this activity is generally recognized as the services are rendered.

46


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

The Company performs front-end set-up and integration services to support client eCommerce platforms and websites. When the Company determines these front-end set-up and integration services do not meet the criteria for recognition as a separate unit of accounting, the Company defers the start-up fees received and the related costs, and recognizes them over the expected performance period. When the Company determines these front-end set-up and integration services do meet the criteria for recognition as a separate unit of accounting, for time and material arrangements, the Company recognizes revenue as services are rendered and costs as they are incurred. For fixed-price arrangements, the Company uses the completed contract method to recognize revenues and costs if reasonable and reliable cost estimates for a project cannot be made. If reasonable and reliable costs estimates for a project can be made, the Company recognizes revenue over the expected performance period on a proportional performance basis, as determined by the relationship of actual costs incurred compared to the estimated total contract costs.

The Company’s billings for reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, including travel and certain third-party vendor expenses, such as shipping and handling costs and telecommunication charges, are included in pass-through revenue. The related reimbursable costs are reflected as cost of pass-through revenue.

The Company’s cost of service fee revenue, representing the cost to provide the services described above, is recognized as incurred. Cost of service fee revenue also includes certain costs associated with technology collaboration and ongoing technology support that include maintenance, web hosting and other ongoing programming activities. These activities are primarily performed to support the distribution and order management/customer care services and are recognized as incurred.

Product Revenue Activity

Depending on the terms of the customer arrangement, Supplies Distributors recognizes product revenue and product cost either uponis recognized at the shipment of product to customers or whenpoint the customer receivesgains control of the product. Supplies Distributors permits itsasset. The specific point in time when control transfers depends on the contract with the customer. Typically, our terms are Freight on Board (“FOB”) Shipping point, which we believe to be indicative of when control is transferred. We permit our customers to return product.  Product revenue is reported net of projected future returns. Future returns are estimated based on historical return information. Management also considers any other current information and trends in making estimates.
Gross versus Net Revenue
In instances where revenue is derived from product for credit against other purchases, which include returns for defective products (that Supplies Distributors then returnssales from a third-party, we record revenue on a gross basis when we are a principal to the manufacturer)transaction and incorrect shipments. Supplies Distributors providesnet of costs when we are acting as an agent between the customer or client and the vendor. We are the principal and therefore record revenue on a reservegross basis if we control a promised good or service before transferring that good or service to the customer. We are an agent and record revenue on a net basis for estimated returnswhat we retain for agency services if our role is to arrange for another entity to control the promised goods or services.
Practical expedients
The standard allows entities to use several practical expedients, including the as-invoiced practical expedient, determining whether a significant financing component exists, treatment of sales and allowancesusage-based taxes, and offers terms to its customersthe recognition of certain incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a client or customer. Contracts of less than a year with a financing component will be expensed in that it believes are standard for its industry.

Freight costs billed to customers are reflected as components of product revenue. Freight costs incurred are recordedperiod as a componentpractical expedient. Our current contracts do not have a financing component. Commissions on contracts of cost of product revenue.

Under its distributor agreements, Supplies Distributors bills Ricoh for reimbursements of certain expenses, including: pass-through customer marketing programs, including rebates and coop funds; certain freight costs; direct costs incurred in passing on any price decreases offered by Ricoh to Supplies Distributors or its customers to cover price protection and certain special bids; the cost of products provided to replace defective product returned by customers; and certain other expenses as defined. Supplies Distributors records these reimbursable amounts as they are incurred as other receivables in the consolidated balance sheet with a corresponding reduction in either inventory or cost of product revenue. Supplies Distributors also records pass-through customer marketing programsless than one year will be expensed as a reductionpractical expedient.  Commissions will be capitalized on contracts over one year. As of both product revenueDecember 31, 2019 and cost2018, we did not have any material commissions on contracts in excess of product revenue.

Deferred Revenuesone year.  We also present our revenues net of sales and Deferred Costs

The Company primarily performs its distribution services, order management, customer care and certain other services under multiple year contracts, certain of which include early termination provisions, and clientsusage-based tax as a practical expedient.

Contract modifications
Contract modifications are obligated to pay for services performed. In conjunction with these long-term contracts,routine in our industry. For each modification, the Company sometimes receives start-up fees to cover its implementation costs, including certain technology infrastructureassesses whether the modification changes the scope and development costs. Whenor price of the original agreement and whether those changes are commensurate with stand-alone selling price. Based on the results of this assessment, the Company determines that these start-up and integration activities do not meeteither accounts for the criteria for recognitionmodification as a separate unit of accounting, the Company defers the start-up fees received, and the related costs, and recognizes them over the expected performance period. The amortization of deferred revenue is includedcontract, as a component of service fee revenue. The amortization of deferred implementation costs is includedchange in the original contract, or as a costtermination of service fee revenue. To the extent implementation costs for non-technology infrastructureold contract and development exceed the corresponding fees received, the excess costs are expensed as incurred.

Current and non-current deferred implementation costs, excluding technology and development costs, arecreation of a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets, respectively.

47


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

new contract in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606-10-25-12.

Concentration of Business and Credit Risk

During 20172019, two clients contributing to both the PFS Operations and 2016, no product customer or service fee client relationshipsLiveArea business segments represented more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated total net revenues. The largest client represented $40.6 million, or 14%, of consolidated total revenues. The second largest client represented $29.5 million, or 10%, of consolidated total revenues. There were no other such concentrations in 2019. During 2015,2018, one product customer or service fee client relationship the United States Mint, represented approximately 11%, or $31.2 million,more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated total net revenues. As of December 31, 2017, no2019, one client exceeded 10% of the Company’s total accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2016, one2018, no client exceeded 10% of the Company’s consolidatedtotal accounts receivable.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents are defined as short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities, when acquired, of three months or less. At times, the Company has cash balances in domestic bank accounts that exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these cash concentrations.

Accounts Receivable

The Company recognizes revenue and records trade accounts receivable, pursuant to the methods described above, when collectability is reasonably assured. Collectability is evaluated in the aggregate and on an individual customer or client basis taking into consideration payment due date, historical payment trends, current financial position, results of independent credit evaluations and payment terms. Related reserves are determined by either using percentages applied to certain aged receivable categories based on historical results, reevaluated and adjusted as additional information is received, or a specific identification method. After all attempts to collect a receivable have failed, the receivable is written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Other Receivables

Other receivables primarily include amounts due from Ricoh for costs incurred by the Company under the distributor agreements and value added tax receivables.

Inventories


43


Table of Contents

Inventories (all of which are finished goods) are stated at the lower of weighted average cost and net realizable value. The Company establishes inventory reserves based upon estimates of declines in values due to inventories that are slow moving or obsolete, excess levels of inventory or values assessed at lower than cost.

Supplies Distributors assumes responsibility for slow-moving inventory under its Ricoh distributor agreements, subject to certain termination rights, but has the right to return product rendered obsolete by engineering changes, as defined. In the event PFSweb, Supplies Distributors and Ricoh terminate the distributor agreements, the agreements provide for the parties to mutually agree on a plan of disposition of Supplies Distributors’ then existing inventory.

Property and Equipment

The Company makes judgments and estimates in conjunction with the carrying value of property and equipment, including amounts to be capitalized, depreciation and amortization methods and useful lives. Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Capitalized implementation costs are depreciated over the respective client expected performance period. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the related asset or the remaining lease term.

When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of our property and equipment might not be recoverable, the expected future undiscounted cash flows from the asset are estimated and compared with the carrying amount of the asset. If the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded. The impairment loss is measured by comparing the fair value of the asset with its carrying amount. Fair value is generally determined based on discounted cash flows or appraised values, as appropriate.

48


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

Business Combinations

The Company accounts

Leases
We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires theleases in accordance with ASC 842, Leases. Lease assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date of an arrangement where it is determined at inception that a lease exists. Lease assets represent the right to be recordeduse an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. These assets and liabilities are initially recognized based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at their respective fair values asthe lease commencement date to discount payments to the present value. Some of the acquisition date in the consolidated financial statements. Thethese leases contain rent escalation clauses either fixed or adjusted periodically for inflation or market rates that are factored into our determination of estimated fair value may require management to make significant estimateslease payments. We also have variable lease payments that do not depend on a rate or index, primarily for items such as common area maintenance and assumptions. The purchase price is the fair value of the total consideration conveyed to the seller and the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired identifiable net assets, where applicable, isreal estate taxes, which are recorded as goodwill.variable cost when incurred. The results of operations of an acquired businesslease asset excludes incentives and initial direct costs incurred. Lease terms include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option.
Our operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets, current portion of operating lease liabilities and operating lease liabilities on the Company’s consolidated financial statements frombalance sheets. Our finance leases are included in property and equipment, long-term debt and finance lease obligations and current portion of long-term debt and finance lease obligations on the dateconsolidated balance sheets. Leases with an initial term of acquisition. Costs associated12 months or less are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. The expense for these short-term leases and operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. We have lease agreements with lease and non-lease components and have elected to combine as a single lease component. In addition, we utilized the acquisition of a business are expensed in the period incurred.

portfolio approach to group leases with similar characteristics and did not use hindsight to determine lease term.

Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

The Company’s definite-lived intangible assets are primarily comprised of non-compete agreements, trade names, customer relationships and developed technology.

Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful life and only tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. The impairment loss to be recorded would be the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. Fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis or other valuation technique.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized to operations, but instead are reviewed for impairment at least annually in the fourth quarter,on October 1, or more frequently when there is an indicator of impairment. Goodwill impairment exists when a reporting unit’s goodwill carrying value exceeds its implied fair value. The Company has no intangible asset with indefinite useful lives, other than goodwill.

ASU


44


Table of Contents

Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) Topic 350: Testing Goodwill for Impairment (“ASU Topic 350”) permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying a two-step goodwill impairment test. This qualified assessment is referred to as “Step 0.” When performing Step 0, an entity evaluates relevant events and circumstances, including but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, overall financial performance, reporting unit specific events and entity specific events. If, after completing Step 0, an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it would not be required to perform a two-step impairment test for that reporting unit.

In the event that the conclusion of Step 0 requires the two-step test, the first step compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the entity must perform step two of the impairment test. Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation and the residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.

If the Company is required to perform the two-step test described in the preceding paragraph, it would determine fair value using generally accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flows and market multiple analyses. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies.

The Company’s valuation methodology for assessing impairment would require management to make judgments and assumptions based on historical experience and projections of future operating performance. If these assumptions differ materially from future results, the Company may record impairment charges in the future.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

The functional currency of each of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is local currency. Assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the period and income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates on a monthly basis. Translation adjustments are accumulated and reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity.

49


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

The Company includes currency gains and losses on short-term intercompany advances in the determination of net income and loss. The Company reports gains and losses on intercompany foreign currency transactions that are of a long-term investment nature as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company uses stock-based compensation, including stock options, deferred stock units and other market and performance stock-based awards to provide long-term performance incentives for its executives, key employees and non-employee directors. From the service inception date to the grant date, the Company recognizes compensation cost for all share-based payments based on the reporting date fair value of the award. After the grant date, compensation cost is measured based on the grant date fair value. Depending on the conditions associated with the vesting of the award, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line or graded basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period of each award. The Company records compensation cost as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company estimates the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and estimates the compensation cost for certain of the awards that have a performancemarket condition using a Monte-Carlo simulation. The estimated fair value for awards involves assumptions for expected dividend yield, stock price volatility, risk-free interest rates and the expected life of the award.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount more likely than not to be realized.


45


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to certain tax positions in income tax expense and monitors uncertain tax positions and recognizes tax benefits only when management believes the relevant tax positions would more likely than not be sustained upon examination.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

In accordance with ASC 825, Financial Instruments, fair value is determined utilizing a hierarchy of valuation techniques. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Inputs, other than quoted prices, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; these include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivables, trade accounts payable debt and capital lease obligations,debt, approximate their fair values at December 31, 20172019 and 20162018 based on short terms to maturity or current market prices and interest rates or observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets.

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

The purchase price of business acquisitions is allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates, with any excess recorded as goodwill. The Company utilizes Level 3 inputs in the determination of the initial fair value of assets and liabilities. Non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets, software development costs and property and equipment are subsequently measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when impairment is recognized.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In July 2015,February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”("FASB") issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-11, “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory” (“ASU 2015-11”2016-02, Leases ("ASU 2016- 02"), which modifies existing requirements regarding measuring inventory atrequires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities on the lower of cost and market. Under existing standards, the market amount requires consideration of replacement cost, net realizable value (“NRV”), and NRV less an approximately normal profit margin. ASU 2015-11 replaces market with NRV, defined as

50


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. This eliminates the need to determine and consider replacement cost or NRV less an approximately normal profit margin when measuring inventory. This standard is effectivebalance sheet for the Company prospectively beginning January 1, 2017. Adoptionrights and obligations created by all leases with terms of ASU 2015-11 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

more than 12 months. In November 2015,July 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes” (“ASU 2015-17”), which simplifiesadditional authoritative guidance providing companies with an optional transition method to use the presentation of deferred income taxes by requiring deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. ASU 2015-17 is effective beginning on January 1, 2017 with early application permitted as of the beginning of any interim or annual reporting period. Adoptiondate of ASU 2015-17 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, As Amended (“ASU 2014-09”), which will replace numerous requirements in U.S. GAAP, including industry-specific requirements, provides companies with a single revenue recognition model for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers and significantly expands the disclosure requirements for revenue arrangements. The new standard,2016-02 as amended, will be effective for the Company for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2018. The two permitted transition methods under the new standard are the full retrospective method, in which case the standard would be applied to each prior reporting period presented, or the modified retrospective method, in which case the cumulative effect of applying the standard would be recognized at the date of initial application with disclosure of resultstransition and not restate comparative periods. We adopted the standard on January 1, 2019 using this optional transition method. As such, prior periods have not been recast under the new standard. We elected the package of practical expedients, which allows us to carry forward historical lease classification, the practical expedient to not separate non-lease components from lease components and old standards for the first year of adoption.

The Company will adopt the standard as of January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective transition method. Under the modified retrospective transition method, the Company will calculate and record the cumulative effect of adopting the new standard at January 1, 2018 for all open contracts, in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2018.

Based on its evaluation process, the Company has identified certain potential areas of impact. Application of the new standard requires that incremental costs of obtaining a contract (including sales commissions plus any associated fringe benefits) be recognized as an asset and expensed over the expected life of the arrangement. Currently the Company expenses certain contract acquisition costs as incurred. Under the new standard the Company will defer incremental commission costs to obtain a contract and amortize those costs over the period of benefit. ASU 2014-09 allows, as ashort-term lease accounting policy election sales commissions relatedas defined in ASU 2016-02. These practical expedients have been applied to contracts less than one yearall classes of underlying assets. We implemented internal controls and a lease accounting software to be expensed as incurred insteadenable the preparation of capitalized, as a practical expedient.financial information on adoption. The Company has elected this practical expedient. Therefore, only commissions related to contracts greater than one year will be capitalized.

Additionally, the Company has reviewed the way it manages volume tiered discounts and penalties. Currently, revenue adjustments are recorded as discounts or penalties when incurred. Under ASU 2014-09, these items will be treated as variable consideration and good faith estimates will be made up front, which will have the impact of reducing some of the revenue. Variable consideration will be reassessed quarterly.

Contract modifications under prior guidance were handled as modifications, if the adjustment was for additional hours on time and materials contracts, which were adjusted and charged as work is performed monthly. Under ASU 2014-09, we will continue to account for large scope changes with significant additional distinct services with related price increases that reflect our stand-alone selling price of the scope change as separate contracts.  ASU 2014-09 allows, as a transition practical expedient, for contracts modified prior to the beginning of the earliest reporting period presented under the new standard (January 1, 2018 for the Company), an entity can reflect the aggregate effect of all modifications that occur before the beginning of the earliest period presented under the new standard when identifying the satisfied and unsatisfied performance obligations, determining the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to the satisfied and unsatisfied performance obligations for the modified contract at transition. We are electing this practical expedient.

Based on contracts in process at December 31, 2017, the Company expects to record, upon adoption of ASU 2014-09, a net cumulative adjustment to shareholders’ equity not to exceed $1.0 million. The adjustment to retained earnings primarily relates to the modification of the amortization of implementation related deferred revenues and costs. Sales commissions were nothad a material amount for open contracts at December 31, 2017 and, therefore, willimpact on our consolidated balance sheets but did not have an impact on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) and had no impact on cash provided by or used in operating, investing or financing activities on our consolidated statements of cash flows. The most significant impact was the recognition of right-of-use assets of $40.8 million and operating lease liabilities of $46.5 million for operating leases at adoption.

adoption date. The Company will make certain presentation changesdifference between the right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities was recorded as an adjustment to deferred rent (lease incentives). The adoption of ASU 2016-02 had substantially no impact on its consolidated balance sheet to comply with the new standard.

our finance leases.

Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In FebruaryJune 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, 2016-13, "“Leases”Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“," which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. ASU 2016-02”).2016-13 replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing

51


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company is currently assessing the impact of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements, but does expect the adoption to have a material impact to the balance sheet through the addition of an ROU asset and corresponding lease liability.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments - a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force” (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. Certain issues addressed in this guidance include - debt payments or debt extinguishment costs, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, distributions received from equity method investments and beneficial interests in securitization transactions. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2016-15 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business” (“ASU 2017-01”). ASU 2017-01 clarifies the definition of a business when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses, ASU 2017-012016-13 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods therein,within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017,2019 for all public entities, excluding smaller reporting companies, and interim periods within those annual periods. after December 15, 2022 for smaller reporting companies. It requires a cumulative effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. We will adopt ASU 2017-01 is not expected to have a material2016-13 on January 1, 2023. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-13 on the Company’sour consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill impairment” (“(“ASU 2017-04”), which removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. A goodwill impairment will now be determined by the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods therein, beginning after December 15, 2019,

46


Table of Contents

with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluatingWe do not expect the effectadoption of ASU 2017-04.

On May 10, 2017,2017-04 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, 2018-15 "“Compensation–Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting”Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract; Disclosures for Implementation Costs Incurred for Internal-Use Software and Cloud Computing Arrangements" (“ASU 2017-09”2018-15”), clarifying whenwhich aligns the accounting for implementation costs incurred in a changehosting arrangement that is a service contract with the accounting for implementation costs incurred to the termsdevelop or conditions of a stock-based payment award must be accounted forobtain internal-use software under ASC Subtopic 350-40, in order to determine which costs to capitalize and recognize as a modification.an asset. ASU 2017-09 requires modification accounting if the fair value, vesting condition or the classification of the award is not the same immediately before and after a change to the terms and conditions of the award. ASU 2017-092018-15 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019 and can be applied either prospectively to implementation costs incurred after the Companydate of adoption or retrospectively to all arrangements. We will adopt on January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis beginning on January 1, 2018.basis. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2017-09 is2018-15 but do not expectedexpect the adoption to have ana material impact on the Company’sour consolidated financial statements as it is not the Company’s practice to change either the terms or conditions of stock-based payment awards once they are granted.

statements.

3. AcquisitionsAcquisition

Acquisition of Conexus

On June 8, 2016, PFSweb, Inc. acquired the outstanding capital stock of Conexus, an eCommerce system integrator that provides strategic consulting, system integration, and managed services for leading businesses and technology companies through its primary operations in Basingstoke, Hampshire, U.K. The purchase price for the shares consisted of (i) an initial cash payment of £5,855,000 (approximately $8.5 million as of the acquisition date), subject to a post-closing adjustment based upon a May 31, 2016 balance sheet analysis, and (ii) up to an aggregate maximum of £1,445,000 (approximately $1.8 million at December 31, 2016), subject to Conexus achieving certain operational and financial targets during the post-closing period ending December 31, 2016 (the “Earn-out Payment”), subject to possible offsets for indemnification and other claims arising under the purchase agreement. Conexus did not achieve the operational and financial targets so the Company did not make any payments or record any liability as of December 31, 2017 or December 31, 2016 applicable to the Earn-out Payment.

The transaction was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations and, accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an allocation of purchase price, and the results of operations of Conexus, including the amortization of acquired intangible assets, have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition, which for 2016 included $3.3 million of service fee revenue and approximately $0.8 million of net loss.     

52


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

The Company determined fair value using a combination of the discounted cash flow, market multiple and market capitalization valuation methods. The following table summarizes the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):

Cash

 

$

156

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

1,451

 

Other receivables

 

 

887

 

Other assets

 

 

421

 

Identifiable intangibles

 

 

2,035

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

4,950

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

2,218

 

Net assets acquired

 

 

2,732

 

Goodwill

 

 

6,336

 

Total purchase price

 

$

9,068

 

Purchase price for Conexus is as follows (in thousands):

Aggregate cash payments

 

$

8,515

 

Performance-based contingent payments (based on

   estimated fair value at acquisition date)

 

 

553

 

Total purchase price

 

$

9,068

 

The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill. Total goodwill of $6.3 million, none of which is deductible for tax purposes, is not being amortized but is subject to an annual impairment test using a fair-value-based approach.

Acquisition of CrossView

On August 5, 2015, PFSweb, Inc.we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities, in each case, other than certain specified assets and liabilities, of CrossView Inc. (“CrossView”) an ecommerceeCommerce systems integrator and provider of a wide range of ecommerceeCommerce services in the U.S. and Canada.

Consideration paid by the Companyus included an initial cash payment of $30.7 million and 553,223 unregistered shares of Companyour common stock (approximately $6.3 million in value as of the acquisition date). The initial cash payment was subject to adjustment based upon a post-closing balance sheet reconciliation.stock.  In addition, the purchase agreement providesprovided for future earn-out payments (“CrossView Earn-out Payments”) payable in 2016, 2017 and 2018 based on the achievement of certain 2015, 2016, 2017 and 20172018 financial targets.  The CrossView Earn-out Payments have no guaranteed minimum and an aggregate maximum of $18.0 million and are subject to possible offsets for indemnification and other claims. During 2016, the Companyyear ended December 31, 2018, we paid an aggregate of $7.9$4.1 million in settlement of the 20152017 CrossView Earn-out Payments, of which $1.6$0.8 million was paid by the issuance of 122,06676,998 restricted shares of Companyour stock.  During 2017, the Company paid an aggregateFair value of $2.4 million in settlement of the 2016 CrossView Earn-out Payments, of which $0.4 million was paid by the issuance of 48,173 restricted shares of Company stock. The Company will pay 15% of any 2017 CrossView Earn-out Payments in restricted shares of Company common stock,performance-based contingent payments were based on its current market value at the time of issuance.annual forecast for the acquired entity.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016,2018, we had no further liability for the Company had recorded a liabilityCrossView Earn-out Payments.  For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recognized $0.1 million of $4.0 million and $4.1 million, respectively, applicableadditional expense related to the estimated CrossView Earn-out Payments, which is includedchange in performance-based contingent payments in the consolidated balance sheets. The estimated performance-based contingent payment liability decreased from $4.1 million as of December 31, 2016 as a result of the payment of the 2016 CrossView Earn-out Payments partially offset by an increase in the estimated 2017 CrossView Earn-out Payments resulting from updated CrossView financial projections for the 2017 earn-out period.

The transaction was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations and, accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an allocation of purchase price, and the results of operations of CrossView, including the amortization of acquired intangible assets, have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition, which for 2015 included $13.8 million of service fee revenue and $0.6 million of net income.

53


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

The Company determined fair value using a combination of the discounted cash flow, market multiple and market capitalization valuation methods. The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):

Accounts receivable

 

$

7,550

 

Other assets

 

 

590

 

Identifiable intangibles

 

 

9,050

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

17,190

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

2,556

 

Net assets acquired

 

 

14,634

 

Goodwill

 

 

30,221

 

Total purchase price

 

$

44,855

 

Purchase price for CrossView is as follows (in thousands, except share data and stock price):

Number of shares of common stock issued

 

 

553,223

 

Multiplied by PFSweb, Inc.'s stock price

 

$

11.40

 

Share consideration

 

$

6,307

 

Aggregate cash payments

 

 

30,740

 

Performance-based contingent payments (based on

   estimated fair value at acquisition date)

 

 

9,195

 

Post-closing balance sheet reconciliation adjustment

 

 

(1,387

)

Total purchase price

 

$

44,855

 

Theperformance-based contingent payments liability. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we paid $2.4 million of cash in excess of the purchaseoriginal estimate for performance-based contingent payment liability at acquisition date for the CrossView Earn-out Payment.  This payment is shown under changes in trade accounts payable, deferred revenue, accrued expenses and other liabilities within operating activities of our consolidated statements of cash flows.

4. Revenue from Contracts with Clients and Customers
Performance Obligations and Revenue Recognition Timing
A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the client or customer and is the unit of account in ASC 606. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied.
Our performance obligations for the PFS Operations segment (“PFS Operations”), includes order to cash, fulfillment and customer care services and for the LiveArea Professional Services segment (“LiveArea”), include consulting, design, digital marketing and technology services. For arrangements with multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate consideration among the performance obligations based on their relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling price is the price at which we would sell a promised good or service separately to our client and customers.
We typically price our professional services contracts on either a time and materials, fixed-price or a cost-plus margin basis.
For fixed-price arrangements, we typically recognize revenue based on the input method, as we believe that hours expended over time proportionately, based on actual hours to budgeted hours during the fairperiod, provides the most relevant measure of progress for these contracts. For time and materials contracts, we recognize revenue monthly based on the actual hours worked at the labor rates by job category and cost of materials plus margin.  We recognize revenue for a performance obligation satisfied over time only if we can reasonably measure our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. In some circumstances (for example, in the early stages of a contract), we may not be able to reasonably measure the outcome of a performance obligation, but we expect to recover the costs incurred in satisfying the performance obligation. In those circumstances, we shall recognize revenue only to the extent of the costs incurred until such time that we can reasonably measure the outcome of the performance obligation.
Contracts that are billed on a time and materials basis typically are structured such that the amount the company bills at each point in time corresponds directly with the value of our performance to date. We have elected the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill. Total goodwill of $30.2 million,‘as-invoiced’ practical expedient for these contracts.
In addition, PFS Operations has certain product revenue where it acts as a reseller in which given the structurewe have determined we do not have ultimate control of the acquisition, is expected to be deductible for tax purposes over 15 years is not being amortized and is subject to an annual impairment test using a fair-value-based approach.

Acquisition of Moda

On June 11, 2015, PFSweb, Inc. acquired the outstanding capital stock of Moda, an eCommerce system integrator and consultancy that provides unique digital experiences for fashion brands and retailers through its primary operations in London, U.K. Consideration paid for the shares included an initial £650,000 (approximately $1.0 million) cash payment and 16,116 unregistered shares of Company stock (approximately $0.2 million in value asprovisioning of the acquisition date). The purchase agreement providedperformance obligation. For these agreements, we recognize net revenue at a point in time when control transfers to the customer, typically at FOB shipping point. 


47


Table of Contents

Remaining performance obligations represent the transaction price of firm orders for earn-out payments (“Moda Earn-out Payments”) which work has not yet been performed. This amount does not include 1) contracts that are less than one year in duration, 2) contracts for which we recognize revenue based on Moda’s achievementthe right to invoice for services performed, or 3) variable consideration allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied performance obligation. Much of certain financial targets, subject to possible offsetsour revenue qualifies for indemnification and other claims arising under the purchase agreement. Moda did not achieve the financial targets so the Company did not make any payments or record any liability asone of these exemptions. As of December 31, 20172019, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations for contracts with an original expected duration of one year or more was $11.8 million. We expect to recognize revenue on approximately 87% of the remaining performance obligations in 2020, 98% through 2021 and the remaining recognized thereafter.
Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities
Contract assets primarily relate to our rights to consideration for work completed but not billed at the reporting date and costs to fulfill assets capitalized for PFS Operations implementation services. The contract assets are reclassified as receivables when the rights become unconditional. Costs to Fulfill assets related to deferred costs, which are included within other current assets, other assets and to software development costs, which are included within property and equipment in our consolidated balance sheets. The contract liabilities primarily relate to the advance consideration received from clients for contracts, including amounts received for implementation services which are not distinct performance obligations.
Our payment terms vary by the type and location of our clients and the type of services offered. The term between invoicing and when payment is due is generally not significant.
Contract balances consisted of the following (in thousands):
 December 31,
2019
 December 31,
2018
Contract Assets   
Trade Accounts Receivable, net$71,183
 $72,180
Unbilled Accounts Receivable1,079
 235
Costs to Fulfill4,875
 5,214
Total Contract Assets$77,137
 $77,629
Contract Liabilities   
Accrued Contract Liabilities$1,806
 $535
Deferred Revenue7,456
 9,255
Total Contract Liabilities$9,262
 $9,790
Changes in costs to fulfill contract assets during the period was a decrease of $0.3 million from December 31, 2016 applicable2018 to the Moda Earn-out Payments.

The transaction was accounted for using the purchase methodDecember 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase of accounting for business combinationsapproximately $6.1 million from new projects, offset by approximately $6.4 million of amortization and accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an allocationrecognition of purchase price, and the results of operations of Moda, including the amortization of acquired intangible assets, have been includedcosts in the Company’s consolidated financial statements sinceyear ended December 31, 2019. Changes in costs to fulfill contract assets during the dateperiod from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018 was a decrease of acquisition, which for 2015 included $1.2 million, primarily due to an increase of service feeapproximately $4.6 million from new projects, offset by approximately $5.8 million of amortization and recognition of costs in the year ended December 31, 2018.

Changes in contract liabilities during the period was a decrease of $0.5 million in our contract liabilities from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase of approximately $10.8 million from new projects, offset by approximately $11.3 million of amortization and recognition of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2019. Contract losses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were not material. Changes in contract liabilities during the period from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018 was a decrease of $1.5 million in our contract liabilities, primarily due to an increase of approximately $8.1 million from new projects, offset by approximately $9.6 million of amortization and recognition of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2018. We recognized a $0.2 million contract loss for the year ended December 31, 2018.
The timing of net loss.

54


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

The Company determined fair value using a combination ofrevenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable, unbilled receivables and customer advances and deposits (contract liabilities) on the discounted cash flow, market multiple and market capitalization valuation methods. The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):

consolidated balance sheet.

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

126

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

335

 

Identifiable intangibles

 

 

340

 

Other assets

 

 

50

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

851

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

658

 

Net assets acquired

 

 

193

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,287

 

Total purchase price

 

$

1,480

 

Purchase price for Moda is as follows (in thousands, except share data and stock price):

Number of shares of common stock issued

 

 

16,116

 

Multiplied by PFSweb, Inc.'s stock price

 

$

14.60

 

Share consideration contingent payments

 

$

235

 

Aggregate cash payments

 

 

1,005

 

Performance-based contingent payments (based on fair value

  at acquisition date)

 

 

240

 

Total purchase price

 

$

1,480

 

The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill. Total goodwill of $1.3 million, none of which is deductible for tax purposes, is not being amortized but is subject to an annual impairment test using a fair-value-based approach.

Performance-Based Contingent Payments

The following table presents the changeChanges in the acquisition related performance-based contingent payments for the years presented (in thousands):

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of January 1,

 

$

4,083

 

 

$

14,157

 

 

$

5,392

 

Fair value at the time of acquisition - Conexus

 

 

 

 

 

553

 

 

 

 

Fair value at the time of acquisition - Moda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

240

 

Fair value at the time of acquisition - CrossView

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,195

 

CrossView earn-out payments in common stock and cash

 

 

(2,358

)

 

 

(7,941

)

 

 

 

LAL and REV earn-out payments in common stock and cash

 

 

 

 

 

(3,750

)

 

 

(2,343

)

Change in fair value aggregate balances due

 

 

2,242

 

 

 

1,064

 

 

 

1,673

 

As of December 31,

 

$

3,967

 

 

$

4,083

 

 

$

14,157

 

55


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

Pro Forma Information (unaudited)

The following table presents selected pro forma information, for comparative purposes, assuming the acquisition of CrossView had occurred on January 1, 2014contract asset and acquisition of Conexus had occurred on January 1, 2015 (unaudited) (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Total revenues

 

$

338,271

 

 

$

317,214

 

Net loss

 

 

(2,619

)

 

 

(6,548

)

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

 

(0.14

)

 

 

(0.37

)

The unaudited pro forma total revenues and pro forma net loss are not necessarily indicative of the consolidated results of operations for future periods or the results of operations that would have been realized had the Company consolidated CrossView and Conexus during the periods noted. Unaudited pro forma results of operations assuming the Moda acquisition had taken place at the beginning of 2015 are not provided because the historical operating results of Moda were not significant and pro forma results would not be significantly different from reported results for the periods presented.

Acquisition-Related Expenses

The acquisitions are expected to enhance the overall product and service offering of the Company to its existing clients and customers, as well as support anticipated growth opportunities. The Company recorded $1.5 million and $3.5 million of acquisition-related expensesliability balances during the years ended December 31, 20162019 and 2015, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

4. Deferred Revenues and Costs

2018 were not materially impacted by any other factors.

The following summarizes the deferred implementationtable presents our revenues, excluding sales and costs, excluding technology and development costsusage-based taxes, disaggregated by revenue source (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Deferred implementation revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

$

7,405

 

 

$

7,156

 

Non-Current

 

4,034

 

 

 

4,127

 

 

$

11,439

 

 

$

11,283

 

Deferred implementation costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

$

2,703

 

 

$

2,770

 

Non-Current

 

1,047

 

 

 

1,337

 

 

$

3,750

 

 

$

4,107

 


Current deferred implementation costs are included in prepaid expenses

48


Table of Contents

 Year Ended December 31, 2019 Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
PFS
Operations
 
LiveArea
Professional
Services
 Total 
PFS
Operations
 
LiveArea
Professional
Services
 Total
Revenues: ��         
Service fee revenue$139,490
 $74,892
 $214,382
 $148,071
 $82,413
 $230,484
Product revenue, net26,613
 

 26,613
 34,350
 
 34,350
Pass-through revenue50,296
 2,731
 53,027
 59,315
 2,011
 61,326
Total revenues$216,399
 $77,623
 $294,022
 $241,736
 $84,424
 $326,160
The following table presents our revenues, excluding sales and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Non-current deferred implementation costs are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

56


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

usage-based taxes, disaggregated by timing of revenue recognition (in thousands):

 Year Ended December 31, 2019 Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
PFS
Operations
 
LiveArea
Professional
Services
 Total 
PFS
Operations
 
LiveArea
Professional
Services
 Total
Revenues:           
Over time$189,786
 $76,645
 $266,431
 $207,385
 $84,274
 $291,659
Point-in-time26,613
 978
 27,591
 34,351
 150
 34,501
Total revenues$216,399
 $77,623
 $294,022
 $241,736
 $84,424
 $326,160
The following table presents our revenues, excluding sales and usage-based taxes, disaggregated by region (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31, 2019 Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
PFS
Operations
 
LiveArea
Professional
Services
 Total 
PFS
Operations
 
LiveArea
Professional
Services
 Total
Revenues by region:           
North America$178,760
 $68,684
 $247,444
 $194,496
 $73,653
 $268,149
Europe37,639
 8,939
 46,578
 47,240
 10,771
 58,011
Total revenues$216,399
 $77,623
 $294,022
 $241,736
 $84,424
 $326,160
5. Property and Equipment

The components of property and equipment as of December 31, 20172019 and 20162018 are as follows (in thousands):

 

December, 31

 

 

Depreciable

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Life

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased and capitalized software costs

$

55,940

 

 

$

52,409

 

 

2-7 years

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

30,917

 

 

 

31,355

 

 

2-10 years

Computer equipment

 

16,657

 

 

 

16,771

 

 

2-6 years

Leasehold improvements

 

15,513

 

 

 

14,874

 

 

2-10 years

In-process assets

 

1,376

 

 

 

830

 

 

 

 

 

120,403

 

 

 

116,239

 

 

 

Less-accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(96,225

)

 

 

(85,975

)

 

 

Property and equipment, net

$

24,178

 

 

$

30,264

 

 

 

 December 31, 
Depreciable
Life
 2019 2018 
Purchased and capitalized software costs$37,968
 $36,894
 2-7 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment29,899
 28,749
 2-10 years
Computer equipment15,034
 15,265
 2-6 years
Leasehold improvements15,392
 14,939
 2-10 years
In-process assets1,457
 1,897
  
 99,750
 97,744
  
Less-accumulated depreciation and amortization(81,314) (76,248)  
Property and equipment, net$18,436
 $21,496
  
Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment, excluding capitalfinance leases, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019 and 20152018 was $8.4 million, $8.6$8.3 million and $9.5$7.6 million, respectively.

The Company’s property and equipment held under capitalfinance leases amount to approximately $2.7$1.9 million and $5.4$2.9 million, net of accumulated amortization of approximately $6.8$2.5 million and $5.1$2.8 million, at December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense related to capitalfinance leases for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019 and 20152018 was $3.1 million, $2.8$1.4 million and $2.4$2.2 million, respectively.

6. Goodwill and Identifiable Intangibles, Net

Goodwill acquired through acquisitions is recognized as part


49


Table of the PFSweb segment. Contents

During 2017,2019 goodwill increased by $0.3 million and decreased by $0.5 million in 2018 due to the impact of foreign currency translation for 2017 and prior periods. During 2016, the amount of goodwill increased by $6.4 million due to acquisitions.

translation. The Company performed itsCompany’s annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarteras of 2017, 2016 and 2015October 1, 2019 was performed for all reporting units by completing a Step 01 quantitative test. Based on the result of our impairment test, the fair values of our reporting units exceed their carrying values, resulting in no impairment. Discount rates, growth rates and cash flow projections are the assumptions that are most sensitive and susceptible to change as they require significant management judgment. In addition, certain future events and circumstances, including deterioration of market conditions, higher cost of capital, a decline in actual and expected consumption and demand, could result in changes to these assumptions and judgments. A revision of these assumptions could cause the fair value of the reporting unit to fall below its respective carrying value. As for all of the Company's reporting units, if in future years, the reporting unit's actual results are not consistent with the Company's estimates and assumptions used to calculate fair value, the Company may be required to recognize material impairments to goodwill.  During each year,2018, the Company determined that it was not more likely than not that the reporting unit’s fair value was less than its carrying value and, therefore, did not complete the prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test and thus the Company did not record any goodwill impairment during 2017, 20162018. We have determined that our reporting units are equivalent to our operating segments. The Company’s goodwill by reporting unit was $23.2 million and 2015.

$23.0 million for our LiveArea Professional Services segment and $22.2 million and $22.2 million for our PFS Operations segment at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

The following table presents the gross carrying value and accumulated amortization for identifiable intangibles (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Carrying

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Carrying

 

 

Estimated Useful Life

 

 

Value

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Value

 

 

Value

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Value

 

 

from Acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade names

 

$

1,250

 

 

$

(1,250

)

 

$

-

 

 

$

1,250

 

 

$

(773

)

 

$

477

 

 

2.25 - 2.5 years

Non-compete agreements

 

 

571

 

 

 

(499

)

 

 

72

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

(341

)

 

 

234

 

 

1- 3.5 years

Leasehold

 

 

45

 

 

 

(45

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

(42

)

 

 

3

 

 

2.5 years

Customer relationships

 

 

10,154

 

 

 

(7,177

)

 

 

2,977

 

 

 

10,287

 

 

 

(5,137

)

 

 

5,150

 

 

1.6 - 9 years

Developed technology

 

 

1,525

 

 

 

(1,219

)

 

 

306

 

 

 

1,577

 

 

 

(622

)

 

 

955

 

 

2.5-3 years

Other intangibles

 

 

493

 

 

 

(477

)

 

 

16

 

 

 

493

 

 

 

(448

)

 

 

45

 

 

9 years

Total definite-lived identifiable

   intangible assets

 

$

14,038

 

 

$

(10,667

)

 

$

3,371

 

 

$

14,227

 

 

$

(7,363

)

 

$

6,864

 

 

 

57


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 
Estimated Useful Life
from Acquisition
 
Gross Carrying
Value
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net Carrying
Value
 
Gross Carrying
Value
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net Carrying
Value
 
Trade names$1,250
 $(1,250) $
 $1,250
 $(1,250) $
 2.25 - 2.5 years
Non-compete
   agreements
570
 (570) 
 569
 (569) 
 1- 3.5 years
Leasehold45
 (45) 
 45
 (45) 
 2.5 years
Customer relationships10,120
 (8,989) 1,131
 10,071
 (8,278) 1,793
 1.6 - 9 years
Developed technology1,509
 (1,509) 
 1,487
 (1,487) 
 2.5 - 3 years
Other intangibles492
 (488) 4
 493
 (483) 10
 9 years
Total definite-lived
   identifiable
   intangible assets
$13,986
 $(12,851) $1,135
 $13,915
 $(12,112) $1,803
  
Definite-Lived Identifiable Intangible Asset Amortization

The changes in the net carrying values of identifiable intangible assets during 2017, 20162019 and 20152018 were primarily due to amortization expense of $3.4 million, $4.0$0.7 million and $3.0$1.6 million, respectively, as well as the impact of foreign currency translation. Amortization expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2017, 20162019 and 2015,2018, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. The estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows (in thousands):

2018

$

1,565

 

2019

 

670

 

2020

 

471

 

2021

 

282

 

2022

 

197

 

2020$470
2021282
2022197
2023138
202448
7. Inventory Financing

Supplies Distributors has a short-term credit facility with IBM Credit LLC (“IBM Credit Facility”) to finance its purchase and distribution of Ricoh products in the United States, providing financing for eligible Ricoh inventory and certain receivables up to $13.0 million.$7.5 million, as per the amended agreement. The agreement has no stated maturity date and provides either party the ability to exit the facility following a 90-day90 day notice.
Given the structure of this facility and as outstanding balances, which represent inventory purchases, are repaid within twelve months, the Company haswe have classified the outstanding amounts under this facility, which were $7.1$3.0 million and $7.3$4.7 million as of December 31, 20172019 and 2016,December 31, 2018, respectively, as trade accounts payable in theconsolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2017,2019, Supplies Distributors had $0.4$1.9 million of available credit under this facility. The credit facility contains cross default provisions, various restrictions upon the ability of Supplies Distributors to, among other things, merge, consolidate, sell

50


Table of Contents

assets, incur indebtedness, make loans and payments to related parties (including entities directly or indirectly owned by PFSweb, Inc.), provide guarantees, make investments and loans, pledge assets, make changes to capital stock ownership structure and pay dividends. The credit facility also contains financial covenants, such as annualized revenue to working capital, net profit after tax to revenue and total liabilities to tangible net worth, as defined, and is secured by certain of the assets of Supplies Distributors, as well as a collateralized guaranty of PFSweb. Additionally, PFSweb is required to maintain a minimum Subordinated Note receivable balance from Supplies Distributors of $2.5 million.$1.0 million, as per amended agreement. Borrowings under the credit facility accrue interest, after a defined free financing period, at prime rate plus 0.5% (4.75%, which resulted in a weighted average interest rate of 5.25% and 5.75% as of December 31, 2017). The facility also includes a monthly service fee.2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2017,2019, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants.

Pursuant to IBM Credit Facility, Supplies Distributors is restricted from making any distributions to PFSweb if, after giving affect thereto, Supplies Distributors’ would be in noncompliance with its financial covenants. Supplies Distributors has received lender approval to pay approximately $1.7$1.1 million of dividends in 2018.2020. Supplies Distributors paid dividends to PFSweb of $1.8 millionand $1.7 million $1.1 millionin 2019 and $0.9 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015,2018, respectively, which eliminate upon consolidation.

58


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

8. Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

Outstanding debt and capitalfinance lease obligations consist of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

U.S. Credit Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revolving loan

$

13,234

 

 

$

20,825

 

Term loan

 

27,000

 

 

 

29,438

 

Equipment loan

 

4,205

 

 

 

3,596

 

Debt issuance costs

 

(376

)

 

 

(525

)

Master lease agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital leases

 

2,903

 

 

 

5,838

 

Other financing

 

232

 

 

 

439

 

Other

 

128

 

 

 

88

 

Total

 

47,326

 

 

 

59,699

 

Less current portion of long-term debt

 

9,460

 

 

 

7,300

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

$

37,866

 

 

$

52,399

 

 December 31,
 2019 2018
U.S. Credit Agreement:   
Revolving loan$30,200
 $35,500
Equipment loan5,426
 3,263
Debt issuance costs(303) (382)
Finance leases2,177
 3,495
Other300
 82
Total37,800
 41,958
Less current portion of long-term debt2,971
 2,610
Long-term debt, less current portion$34,829
 $39,348
U.S. Credit Agreement

In August 2015, PFSweb, Inc. and its U.S. subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Regions Bank, as agent for itself and one or more future lenders (the “Lenders”). The Credit Agreement replaced the Company’s previously existing credit facilities with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”) and Comerica Bank (“Comerica”). During 2015, as contemplated by the Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement was expanded to also include Bank of America N.A. and HSBC Bank USA, National Association. Under the Credit Agreement, and subject to the terms set forth therein, the Lenders have agreed to provide PFS provided us with a revolving loan facility for up to $32.5 million and a term loan facility for up to $30 million through August 5, 2020. Subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, PFS has the ability to increase the total loan facilities to $75 million. Availability under the revolving loan facility may not exceed a borrowing base of eligible accounts receivable (as defined). As of December 31, 2017, the Company had $19.3 million of available credit under the revolving loan facility. Advances under the revolving loan portion of the Credit Agreement are due and payable on August 5, 2020. Term loan advances amortize during the five year term of the Credit Agreement based upon scheduled percentage payments with the then remaining outstanding balance (potentially up to 65% of the amount borrowed) due on August 5, 2020. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement accrueaccrued interest at a variable rate based on prime rate or Libor, plus an applicable margin.
On November 1, 2018, we entered into Amendment No.1 to our Credit Agreement with Regions Bank (the “Amended Facility”). The Amended Facility provides for an increase in availability of our revolving loans to $60.0 million, with the ability for a further increase of $20.0 million to $80.0 million and the elimination of the term loan. Amounts outstanding under the term loan were reconstituted as revolving loans. The Amended Facility also extends the maturity date to November 1, 2023.
In accordance with ASC 470, Debt (“ASC 470”), we recorded a $0.1 million loss on early extinguishment of debt in 2018 related to the Amended Facility.
As of December 31, 20172019, we had $12.9 million of available credit under the Amended Facility. As of December 31, 2019 and 2016,2018, the weighted average interest rate on the revolving loan facility was 4.65%3.96% and 3.25%4.56%, respectively. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the weighted average interest rate on the term loan facility was 4.05% and 3.32%, respectively. In connection with the Credit Agreement,Amended Facility, the Company paid $0.7$0.3 million of fees in 2018, which are being amortized through the life of the Credit AgreementAmended Facility and are reflected as a net reduction in debt. The Credit AgreementAmended Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of the assets of Company and its U.S. subsidiaries and a pledge of 65% of the shares of certain of the Company’sour foreign subsidiaries. The Credit AgreementAmended Facility contains cross default provisions, various restrictions upon the Company’s ability to, among other things, merge, consolidate, sell assets, incur indebtedness, make loans and payments to subsidiaries, affiliates and related parties, make capital expenditures, make investments and loans, pledge assets, make changes to capital stock ownership structure, as well as financial covenants, as defined, of a minimum consolidated fixed charge ratio and a maximum consolidated leverage ratio.In June 2016, PFSweb also entered into a Master Agreement with Regions Bank to provide equipment loans financing for certain capital expenditures.

Debt Covenants


51


Table of Contents

To the extent the Company or any of its subsidiaries fail to comply with its covenants applicable to its debt or inventory financing obligations, including the periodic financial covenant requirements, such as profitability and cash flow and required level of shareholders’ equity or net worth (as defined), the Company would be required to obtain a waiver from the lender or the lender would be entitled to accelerate the repayment of any outstanding credit facility obligations and exercise all other rights and remedies, including sale of collateral and enforcement of payment under the Company parent guarantee. Any acceleration of the repayment of the credit facilities may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and no assurance can be given that the Company would have the financial ability to repay all of such obligations. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had restricted net assets of approximately $63.3 million and $71.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017,2019, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.

59


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

Master Lease Agreements

The Company has various agreements that provide for leasing or financing transactions of equipment and other assets and will continue to enter into such arrangements as needed to finance the purchasing or leasing of certain equipment or other assets. Borrowings under these agreements, which generally have terms of three to five years, are generally secured by the related equipment, and in certain cases, by a Company parent guarantee.



Debt and Capital Lease Maturities

The Company’s aggregate maturities of debt subsequent to December 31, 20172019 are as follows, excluding $0.4$0.3 million in debt issuance costs that reduce the carrying amount of the debt (in thousands):

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

$

4,075

 

2019

 

3,902

 

2020

 

35,215

 

2021

 

1,034

 

2022

 

197

 

Total

$

44,423

 

The following is a schedule of the Company’s future minimum lease payments under the capital leases, together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands):

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

$

2,256

 

2019

 

696

 

2020

 

80

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

$

3,032

 

Less amount representing interest at rates ranging from 4.75% to

   7.06%

$

(129

)

Present value of net minimum lease payments

 

2,903

 

Less: Current portion

 

(2,151

)

Long-term capital lease obligations

$

752

 

Years ended December 31, 
2020$1,618
20211,654
2022818
202330,781
2024431
Total$35,302


9. Stock and Stock Options

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights

On June 8, 2000, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a dividend distribution of one preferred stock purchase right (a “Right”) for each share of the Company’s common stock outstanding on July 6, 2000 and each share of common stock issued thereafter. Each Right entitles the registered shareholders to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of preferred stock at an exercise price of $65, subject to adjustment. The Rights are not currently exercisable but would become exercisable if certain events occurred relating to a person or group acquiring or attempting to acquire 20 percent or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock. The Rights expireAgreement expires 30 days after the Company’s 20182021 Annual Meeting unless continuation of the Rights Agreement is approved by the stockholders of the Company at the 20182021 Annual Meeting.

Stock Compensation Plans

The Company has an Employee Stock and Incentive Plan (the “Employee Plan”), as amended and restated, under which an aggregate of 5,942,3406,942,340 shares of common stock have been authorized for issuance. The Employee Plan provides for the granting of incentive awards to directors, executive management, key employees and outside consultants of the Company in a variety of forms of equity-based incentive compensation, such as the award of an option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock award, restricted stock unit, deferred stock unit, among other stock-based awards. The Company has historically issued service-based restricted stock and unit

60


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

awards, performance-based and market-based stock and unit awards (collectively “Restricted Shares”), and stock options. The Company uses newly issued shares of common stock to satisfy awards under the Plan.

The Company issues Restricted Shares to the Company’s executives and senior management, pursuant to which such employees are eligible to receive future grants of shares of the Company’s stock subject to various vesting and/or performance criteria. The weighted average fair value per share of Restricted Shares granted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019 and 20152018 was $6.43,$3.13 and $8.53, $8.73 and $10.45, respectively. The total fair value of Restricted Shares vested under the Employee Plans was $0.5 million, $0.9$1.3 million and $3.9$2.0 millionduring the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019 and 2015,2018, respectively.

The underlying stock certificates for the Restricted Shares that vested December 31, 20172019 are expected to be issued during the quarter ending March 31, 2018.2020. The underlying stock certificates for the Restricted Shares that vested December 31, 20162018 were issued during the quarter ended March 31, 2017. Based on the Company’s 2016 financial performance, no Restricted Shares were issued under the 2016 Performance Based Share Awards.

June 30, 2019.

Total stock-based compensation expense was $3.3 million, $2.1$3.0 million and $4.6$4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019 and 2015,2018, respectively, and was included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements

52


Table of Contents

of operations. As of December 31, 2017,2019, there is $2.6$1.7 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of approximately 1.5 years.2.6 years. This expected cost does not include the impact of any future stock-based compensation awards.

As of December 31, 2017,2019, there were 860,256639,685 shares available for future grants under the Plan. Each stock option or stock appreciation right award granted reduces the total shares available for grant by one share, while each award granted other than in the form of a stock option or stock appreciation right reduces the shares available for grant by 1.22 shares.

Stock Options

The rights to purchase shares under employee stock option agreements issued under the Plan typically vest over a three-yearthree year period, one-twelfth each quarter. Stock options must be exercised within 10 years from the date of grant. Stock options are generally issued such that the exercise price is equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant.

The following tables summarize stock option activity under the Plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Contractual

 

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Life (in

 

 

Value (in

 

 

Shares

 

 

Price Per Share

 

Price

 

 

years)

 

 

millions)

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2016

 

1,215,054

 

 

$1.01 - $15.36

 

$

7.56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

55,500

 

 

$6.69 - $8.35

 

$

7.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(168,823

)

 

$1.46 - $5.61

 

$

4.56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

(65,889

)

 

$1.01 - $14.66

 

$

10.36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2017

 

1,035,842

 

 

$1.46 - $15.36

 

$

7.87

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable, December 31, 2017

 

886,679

 

 

$1.46 - $15.36

 

$

7.33

 

 

 

5.1

 

 

$

1.5

 

Exercisable and expected to vest, December 31, 2017

 

1,027,181

 

 

$1.46 - $15.36

 

$

7.83

 

 

 

5.6

 

 

$

1.5

 

 Shares Price Per Share 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in
millions)
Outstanding, December 31, 20181,264,394
 $1.46 - $14.66 $7.41
    
Granted323,500
 $3.31 - $6.26 $4.84
    
Exercised(9,500) $1.46 $1.46
    
Canceled(199,844) $1.46 - $14.66 $8.77
    
Outstanding, December 31, 20191,378,550
 $2.39 - $14.66 $6.65
    
Exercisable, December 31, 2019907,667
 $2.39 - $14.66 $7.21
 4.4 $
Exercisable and expected to vest, December 31, 20191,314,500
 $2.39 - $14.66 $6.69
 5.9 $
The weighted average fair value per share of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019 and 20152018 was $3.58, $5.88$1.33 and $7.91,$2.96, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised under the Stock Option Plans was $0.5 million, $1.9$0.03 million and $3.4$0.3 millionduring the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019 and 2015,2018, respectively.

61


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used for grants of options under the Plans:

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected stock price volatility

46% - 50%

 

 

50% - 63%

 

 

63% - 68%

 

Risk-free interest rate

2.0% - 2.2%

 

 

1.4% - 1.9%

 

 

1.5% - 1.8%

 

Expected life of options (years)

6

 

 

6

 

 

6

 

 Year Ended
December 31,
 2019 2018
Expected dividend yield 
Expected stock price volatility40% - 43% 40% - 45%
Risk-free interest rate1.6% - 2.6% 2.6% - 3.1%
Expected life of options (years)6 6
The Black-Scholes option valuation model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the stock-based award and stock-price volatility. The assumptions listed above represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, the Company’s recorded and pro forma stock-based compensation expense could have been different. In addition, the Company is required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. If the Company’s actual forfeiture rate is materially different from its estimate, the share-based compensation expense could be materially different. The Company calculates the expected stock price volatility using the Company’s historical stock price during the expected term immediately preceding a stock option grant date. The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not anticipate paying dividends in the future. The Company uses the risk-free interest rates of United States Treasury securities for a comparable term as the expected life of a stock option. The expected life of options has been computed using the simplified method, which the Company uses as it does not believe it has established a consistent exercise pattern to accurately estimate the expected term of stock options.

Service-Based Restricted Stock and Unit Awards


53


Table of Contents

The Company’s service-based restricted stock and unit awards are valued at the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock as of the date of grant and vest over a range of two to four years. Shares that do not vest on a scheduled vesting date due to a failure to satisfy vesting or performance criteria are forfeited and do not vest in future periods.

The following table summarizes the service-based restricted stock and unit award activity for the year ended December 31, 2017:

2019:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

Shares

 

 

Fair Value per Share

 

Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2016

 

14,763

 

 

$

11.26

 

Granted

 

187,556

 

 

$

6.46

 

Vested

 

(67,546

)

 

$

7.40

 

Canceled

 

(22,204

)

 

$

6.74

 

Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2017

 

112,569

 

 

$

6.47

 

 Shares 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value per Share
Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2018130,284
 $8.13
Granted143,719
 $3.98
Vested(126,786) $6.43
Canceled(18,075) $7.87
Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2019129,142
 $5.22
Performance-Based Restricted Stock and Unit Awards

Pursuant to the Employee Plan, the Company grants restricted stock and unit awards that vest upon reaching certain performance targets and individual performance goals, which historically have been based on the Company’s financial performance, Company operating income and other financial metrics for the current and/or future years. Such awards generally are subject to annual vesting from three to four years based upon continued employment and the achievement of the defined performance criteria. If the target set forth in the award agreement is not met, none of the related shares will vest and any compensation expense previously recognized will be reversed. The actual number of shares that will ultimately vest is dependent upon achieving the performance condition or other conditions set forth in the award agreement. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense related to performance awards based upon our determination of the likelihood of achieving the performance target or targets at each reporting date, net of estimated forfeitures.

62


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

The following table summarizes the performance-based restricted stock and unit award activity for the year ended December 31, 2017:

2019:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

Shares

 

 

Fair Value per Share

 

Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2016

 

61,818

 

 

$

6.40

 

Granted

 

226,887

 

 

$

7.10

 

Vested

 

 

 

$

-

 

Canceled

 

(223,451

)

 

$

7.11

 

Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2017

 

65,254

 

 

$

6.40

 

 Shares 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value per Share
Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 201853,835
 $8.28
Granted169,781
 $2.41
Vested(135,803) $3.50
Canceled(73,482) $3.39
Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 201914,331
 $8.95
Market-Based Restricted Stock and Unit Awards

Pursuant to the Employee Plan, the Company grants restricted stock and unit awards that vest upon the achievement of certain defined total stockholder return targets using the companies in the Russell Micro Cap Index as a comparative group for current and/or future years. years. Such awards generally are subject to annual vesting from three to four years based upon continued employment and the achievement of the defined performance criteria. The actual number of shares that will ultimately vest is dependent upon achieving the performance condition or other conditions set forth in the award agreement. Shares that do not vest on a scheduled vesting date due to a failure to satisfy vesting criteria are forfeited and do not vest in future periods. The Company reverses previously recognized compensation cost for market-based restricted stock unit awards only if the requisite service is not rendered.

The following table summarized the market-based restricted stock and unit award activity for the year ended December 31, 2017:

2019:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

Shares

 

 

Fair Value per Share

 

Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2016

 

63,128

 

 

$

7.83

 

Granted

 

197,880

 

 

$

5.65

 

Vested

 

(9,149

)

 

$

5.06

 

Canceled

 

(47,109

)

 

$

7.37

 

Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2017

 

204,750

 

 

$

5.95

 


54


Table of Contents

 Shares 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value per Share
Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2018272,208
 $6.16
Granted
 $
Vested
 $
Canceled(195,121) $5.99
Unvested restricted stock at December 31, 201977,087
 $6.59
The fair value of each market-based restricted stock and unit award grant is estimated on the date of grant using a Monte-Carlo simulation with the following assumptions used for grants under the Plans:

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected stock price volatility

40.9%

 

 

34.6%

 

 

32.2%

 

Risk-free interest rate

1.4%

 

 

0.8%

 

 

1.3%

 

Expected term (years)

3

 

 

4

 

 

4

 

Weighted average grant date fair value

$4.92-$7.65

 

 

$2.26-$5.15

 

 

$6.74-$12.87

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2018
Expected dividend yield
Expected stock price volatility41.6%
Risk-free interest rate2.4%
Expected term (years)3
Weighted average grant date fair value$8.85
There were no market-based grants under the Plans in 2019.
Stock Units

Each non-employee Director of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) receives a quarterly retainer (the “Retainer”) of $25,000,, payable on or about the first day of each quarter, through the issuance of an equity-based award (an “Award”) under the Employee Plan in the form of a Deferred Stock Unit (a “DSU”). During 2019, the Retainer was $30,000 and during 2018, the Retainer was $25,000 for the first quarterly payment and $30,000 for each subsequent quarterly payment. The number of DSUs is determined by dividing the Retainer by the immediately preceding closing price of the Common Stock.Stock on the grant date. Each DSU represents the right to receive an equal number of shares of Common Stock upon the retirement, resignation or termination of service from the Board.

The following table summarizes the DSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2017:

2019:

63


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

Shares 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value per Share

Shares

 

 

Fair Value per Share

 

Unvested deferred stock at December 31, 2016

 

118,346

 

 

$

10.77

 

Unvested deferred stock at December 31, 2018251,996
 $9.33

Granted

 

63,960

 

 

$

7.82

 

199,993
 $3.75

Vested

 

 

 

$

-

 


 $

Unvested deferred stock at December 31, 2017

 

182,306

 

 

$

9.74

 

Unvested deferred stock at December 31, 2019451,989
 $6.86

10. Income Taxes

The consolidated income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, by domestic and foreign entities, is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Domestic

$

(2,981

)

 

$

(6,362

)

 

$

(9,010

)

Foreign

 

841

 

 

 

1,199

 

 

 

2,646

 

Total

$

(2,140

)

 

$

(5,163

)

 

$

(6,364

)

 Year-Ended
December 31,
 2019 2018
Domestic$3,157
 $(459)
Foreign(4,166) 4,457
Total$(1,009) $3,998

55


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the difference between the expected income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations at the U.S. federal statutory corporate tax rate of 34%21% and the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Income tax benefit computed at statutory rate

$

(728

)

 

$

(1,755

)

 

$

(2,164

)

Foreign dividends received

 

591

 

 

 

388

 

 

 

193

 

Items not deductible for tax purposes

 

663

 

 

 

(956

)

 

 

467

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

(10,503

)

 

 

4,285

 

 

 

1,940

 

Impact of Tax Reform Act

 

12,112

 

 

 

 

 

 

State taxes

 

558

 

 

 

568

 

 

 

477

 

Foreign exchange rate difference

 

(102

)

 

 

(67

)

 

 

258

 

Net operating loss adjustments

 

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

167

 

Prior year return-to-provision true-up

 

(932

)

 

 

(127

)

 

 

(21

)

Other

 

165

 

 

 

(152

)

 

 

180

 

Provision for income taxes

$

1,824

 

 

$

2,367

 

 

$

1,497

 

64


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

On December 22, 2017, the United States government enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, commonly referred to as the Tax Reform Act. The Tax Reform Act includes significant changes to the U.S. income tax system, including, but not limited to: a federal corporate rate reduction from 35% to 21%; limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation; repeal of the Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”); full expensing provisions related to business assets; creation of new minimum taxes, such as the base erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) and Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (“GILTI”) tax; and the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a modified territorial tax system, which will result in a one time U.S. tax liability on those earnings which have not previously been repatriated to the U.S. (the “Transition Tax”). The provisional impacts of this legislation are outlined below:

Beginning January 1, 2018, the U.S. corporate income tax rate will be 21%. The Company is required to recognize the impacts of this rate change on its deferred tax assets and liabilities in the period enacted. We remeasured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is generally 21%. However, we are still analyzing certain aspects of the Tax Reform Act and refining our calculations, which could potentially affect the measurement of these balances or potentially give rise to new deferred tax amounts. The provisional amount related to the remeasurement of our deferred tax balance was $12.1 million that was mostly offset by a change in the valuation allowance, except for a $0.6 million benefit that was recorded to our income statement related to tax amortization of goodwill. 

The Transition Tax on unrepatriated foreign earnings is a tax on previously untaxed accumulated and current earnings and profits ("E&P") of the Company's foreign subsidiaries. To determine the amount of the Transition Tax, the Company must determine, among other factors, the amount of post-1986 E&P of its foreign subsidiaries, as well as the amount of non-U.S. income taxes paid on such earnings. Based on the Company’s reasonable estimate of the Transition Tax, there is no provisional Transition Tax expense. The Company has not completed accounting for the income tax effects of the transition tax and is continuing to evaluate this provision of the Tax Reform Act.

 Year Ended
December 31,
 2019 2018
Income tax benefit computed at statutory rate$(212) $840
Items not deductible for tax purposes297
 437
Change in valuation allowance514
 (79)
Impact of Tax Reform Act
 170
State taxes443
 576
Foreign exchange rate difference(330) (80)
Net operating loss adjustments246
 421
Prior year return-to-provision true-up(446) 426
Other649
 59
Provision for income taxes$1,161
 $2,770

The Tax Reform Act creates a new requirement that GILTI income earned by foreign subsidiaries must be included currently in the gross income of the U.S. shareholder. Due to the complexity of the new GILTI tax rules, the Company is continuing to evaluate this provision of the Tax Reform Act. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is permitted to make an accounting policy election to either treat taxes due on future inclusions in U.S. taxable income related to GILTI as a current period expense when incurred or to factor such amounts into the Company's measurement of its deferred taxes. The Company has not yet completed its analysis of the GILTI tax rules and is not yet able to reasonably estimate the effect of this provision of the Tax Reform Act or make an accounting policy election for the accounting treatment whether to record deferred taxes attributable to the GILTI tax. The Company has not recorded any amounts related to potential GILTI tax in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The income tax effects recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a result of the Tax Reform Act are provisional in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin number 118 (“SAB 118”) as the Company has not yet completed its evaluation of the impact of the new law. SAB 118 allows for a measurement period of up to one year after the enactment date of the Tax Reform Act to finalize the recording of the related tax impacts.

The preliminary net tax effects recorded may differ in the future due to changes in the interpretations of the Tax Reform Act, legislative action, and changes to estimates we have utilized to calculate the tax impact. We expect to finalize the tax analysis related to the Tax Reform Act with the filing of our tax return and record any differences between the final and provisional amounts in the 2018 fourth quarter at that time, if any.

65


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

Current and deferred income tax expense (benefit) is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

$

3

 

 

$

19

 

 

$

27

 

State

 

558

 

 

 

568

 

 

 

479

 

Foreign

 

1,537

 

 

 

957

 

 

 

933

 

Total Current

 

2,098

 

 

 

1,544

 

 

 

1,439

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

127

 

 

 

824

 

 

 

State

 

12

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Foreign

 

(413

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

55

 

Total Deferred

 

(274

)

 

 

823

 

 

 

58

 

Provision for income taxes

$

1,824

 

 

$

2,367

 

 

$

1,497

 

 December 31,
 2019 2018
Current   
Domestic$(53) $93
State443
 577
Foreign295
 1,856
Total Current685
 2,526
Deferred   
Domestic568
 352
State12
 21
Foreign(104) (129)
Total Deferred476
 244
Provision for income taxes$1,161
 $2,770
The components of the deferred tax asset (liability) are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$

77

 

 

$

606

 

Inventory reserve

 

100

 

 

 

185

 

Property and equipment

 

708

 

 

 

244

 

Accrued expenses

 

1,353

 

 

 

1,803

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

14,608

 

 

 

23,883

 

Other

 

5,994

 

 

 

6,182

 

 

 

22,840

 

 

 

32,903

 

Less - Valuation allowance

 

22,222

 

 

 

32,725

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

618

 

 

 

178

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

(951

)

 

 

(824

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(951

)

 

 

(824

)

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net

$

(333

)

 

$

(646

)

Management believes

 Year Ended
December 31,
 2019 2018
Deferred tax assets:   
Allowance for doubtful accounts$226
 $105
Inventory reserve66
 67
Property and equipment1,465
 1,078
Accrued expenses858
 1,276
Deferred revenue847
 643
State tax - deferred1,914
 1,724
Net operating loss carryforwards13,732
 14,114
Other4,747
 3,992
 23,855
 22,999
Less - Valuation allowance22,657
 22,143
Total deferred tax assets1,198
 856
Deferred tax liabilities:   
Other(1,952) (1,434)
Total deferred tax liabilities(1,952) (1,434)
Deferred tax liabilities, net$(754) $(578)

56


Table of Contents

We believe that PFSweb haswe have not established a sufficient history of earnings, on a stand-alone basis, to support the more likely than not realization of certain deferred tax assets in excess of existing taxable temporary differences. A valuation allowance has been provided for the majority of these net deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 20172019 and 2016.2018. The remaining net deferred tax assets at both December 31, 20172019 and 20162018 primarily relate to the Company’s European operations and certain state tax benefits and are included in other non-current and current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The remaining net deferred tax liabilities at both December 31, 2019 and 2018 primarily relate to the tax amortization of goodwill related to our CrossView acquisition reported in other long-term liabilities. At December 31, 2017,2019, net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards relate to taxable losses of PFSweb’sour Canadian subsidiary totaling approximately $3.6$2.4 million, our European subsidiaries totaling approximately $10.1 million and PFSweb’sour U.S. subsidiaries totaling approximately $61.2$53.2 million that expire at various dates from 20192020 through 2036. The U.S. NOL also includes approximately $4.4 million of NOL created before February 2006 subject to annual limits of $1.4 million, and $0.2 million acquired September 2014 subject to annual limits of $0.1 million under IRS Section 382.

The Company evaluates its tax positions for potential liabilities associated with unrecognized tax benefits. The Company does not expect to record unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months.

For federal income tax purposes, tax years that remain subject to examination include years 20142016 through 2017.2019. However, the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards that arose prior to 20142016 remains subject to examination through the years such carryforwards are utilized. For Europe, tax years that remain subject to examination include years 2015 to 2017.2019. For Canada, tax years that remain subject to examination include years 20092012 to 2017,2019, depending on the subsidiary. For state income tax purposes, the tax years that remain subject to examination include years 20132015 to 2017,2019, depending upon the jurisdiction in which the Company files tax returns. The Company and its subsidiaries have various income tax returns in the process of examination. The Company does not expect these examinations will result in unrecognized tax benefits.

66


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

11. Earnings Per Share

Basic and diluted net lossearnings per share are computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the reporting period. The followingDiluted earnings per share is computed by giving effect to all potential weighted average dilutive common stock, including options, restricted stock units and other equity awardsbased awards. A reconciliation of the denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018
Numerator:   
Net income (loss)$(2,170) $1,228
Denominator:   
Weighted-average shares outstanding for basic earnings (loss) per share19,449
 19,203
Effect of dilutive securities:   
Options to purchase common stock
 211
Other dilutive securities
 412
Adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding for diluted earnings (loss) per share19,449
 19,826
In periods when we recognize a net loss, we exclude the impact of outstanding common stock equivalents from the diluted loss per share calculation as their inclusion would have an antidilutive effect. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had outstanding common stock equivalents of approximately 2.1 million and 0.8 million, respectively, that have been excluded from the calculationcalculations of diluted net lossearnings per share asattributable to common stockholders because their effect would be anti-dilutive: 1.0have been antidilutive.
12. Leases
The Company adopted ASU 2016-02, as of January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Prior year financial statements were not recast under the new standard and, therefore, those amounts are not presented below.
All of our office and warehouse facilities are leased under operating leases. We also lease vehicles primarily as operating leases. Most of our equipment leases are leased under finance leases. Lease costs are included within cost of service fee revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses and interest expense, net in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

57


Table of Contents

Total lease costs consist of the following (in thousands):
 December 31, 2019
Lease costs: 
Finance lease costs: 
    Amortization of right-of-use assets$1,387
    Interest on lease liabilities160
Operating lease costs9,326
Variable lease costs2,949
Short-term lease costs1,656
Total lease costs$15,478
We had $1.9 million 1.2 millionof finance lease assets that are reported in property and 1.3 million stock options for the years endedequipment, net as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively; 0.4 million, 0.2 million and 0.7 million performance shares and restricted stock units for the years ended2019. As of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively; and 0.2 million, 0.1 million and 0.1 million deferred stock units for the2019, our weighted-average remaining lease term relating to our operating leases is 5.6 years, endedwith a weighted-average discount of 5.1%. As of December 31, 2017, 20162019, our weighted-average remaining lease term relating to our finance leases is 2.1 years, with a weighted-average discount of 5.6%. Our leases have remaining lease terms of up to 9.1 years, some of which include options to extend the leases for up to 10 years and 2015, respectively.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Companysome of which include options to terminate the leases facilities, warehouse and office space and transportation and other equipment under operating leases expiring in various years through 2026. In most cases, management expects that, in the normal coursewithin 1 year.

Maturities of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other similar leases. The Company’s facility leases generally contain one or more renewal options.

Minimum future annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases having original terms in excess of one yearlease liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

Operating

 

 

Lease

 

 

Payments

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

$

10,217

 

2019

 

9,730

 

2020

 

9,168

 

2021

 

8,261

 

2022

 

7,496

 

Thereafter

 

13,888

 

Total

$

58,760

 

 December 31, 2019
 Operating Leases Finance Leases
    
2020$10,456
 $1,253
20219,567
 836
20228,698
 143
20236,691
 52
20244,659
 21
Thereafter8,491
 
Total lease payments48,562
 2,305
Less interest(6,363) (128)
Total lease obligations$42,199
 $2,177
Supplemental consolidated cash flow information related to leases is as follows (in thousands):
 December 31, 2019
  
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: 
Operating cash flows arising from operating leases$9,365
Operating cash flows arising from finance leases$160
Financing cash flows arising from finance leases$1,644
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities$2,910
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for finance lease liabilities$414

58


Table of Contents

Total rental expense under operating leases approximated $11.3 million, $11.2 million and $8.2$11.1 million for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

The Company received municipal tax abatements2018. Future minimum obligations under leases in certain locations. In prior years, the Company received notice from a municipality that it did not satisfy certain criteria necessary to maintain the abatements and that the municipal authority planned to make an adjustment to the Company’s tax abatement. The Company disputed the adjustment and such dispute has been settled with the municipality. However, the amount of additional property taxes to be assessed against the Company and the timing of the related payments has not been finalized. Aseffect as of December 31, 2017, the Company believes it has adequately accrued for the expected assessment.

In April 2010,2018 having a sales employeenon-cancelable term in excess of eCOST.com, Inc. (“eCOST”, the former name of Retail Connect) was charged with violating various federal criminal statutes in connection with the sales of eCOST products to certain customers, and approximately $0.6 million held in an eCOST deposit account was seized and turned overone year as determined prior to the Officeadoption of the U.S. Attorney in connection with such activity. In August 2012, the employee pleaded guilty to a misdemeanor. Neither the Company nor eCOSTASU 2016-02 were charged with any criminal activity. During 2015, the matter was settled,as follows (in thousands):

 December 31, 2018
 Operating Leases Finance Leases
    
2019$9,659
 $1,811
202010,028
 1,169
20219,222
 725
20228,407
 55
20236,828
 
Thereafter12,840
 
Future minimum lease obligations$56,984
 3,760
Less interest  (265)
Present value of net minimum lease obligations  $3,495


13. Commitments and $0.2 million of the subject funds were released to the Company. The Company recorded a $0.4 million expense, included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, to properly reflect the settlement.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to claims in the ordinary course of business, including claims of alleged infringement by the Company or its subsidiaries of the patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights of third parties. PFSThe Company is generally required to indemnify its service fee clients against any third party claims asserted against such clients alleging infringement by PFSthe Company of the patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights of third parties. In the opinion of management, any liabilities resulting from these claims, would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

13.

14. Segment and Geographic Information

The Company is currently

Prior to January 1, 2018, the Company’s operations were organized into two primary operating segments, which generally align with the corporate organization structure. In the first segment,reportable segments: PFSweb is a global provider of various infrastructure, technology and digital agency

67


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

solutions and operates as a service fee business. In the second operating segment, Business and Retail Connect, subsidiariesConnect. In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”), an operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available and is reviewed regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), or decision-making group, to evaluate performance and make operating decisions.

Effective January 1, 2018, we changed our organizational structure in an effort to create more effective and efficient operations and to improve client and service focus. In that regard, we updated the information that our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, who are also our Chief Operating Decision Makers, regularly review for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. As a result, beginning January 1, 2018, we now report our financial performance based on our new reportable segments. These segments are comprised of strategic businesses that are defined by the service offerings they provide and consist of PFS Operations (which provides client services in relation to the customer physical experience, such as order management (OMS), order fulfillment, customer care and financial services) and LiveArea Professional Services (which provides client services in relation to the digital shopping experience of shopping online, such as strategic commerce consulting, strategy, design and digital marketing services and technology services). Each segment is led by a separate Business Unit Executive who reports directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.
The CODM evaluates segment performance using business unit direct contribution, which is defined as business unit revenues less costs of revenue and direct selling, general and administrative expenses, including depreciation and amortization. Direct contribution does not include any allocated corporate expenses, nor does it include stock-based compensation. The CODM does not routinely review assets by segment. The balance sheet by segment is not prepared and, therefore, we do not present segment assets below.
Corporate operations is a non-operating segment that develops and implements strategic initiatives and supports the Company’s operations by centralizing certain administrative functions such as finance, treasury, information technology and human resources.
Subsequent to the change in the Company’s operating segments, the Company’s reporting units changed. We now have two reporting units: PFS Operations and LiveArea Professional Services. We allocated goodwill to our new reporting units

59


Table of Contents

using a relative fair value approach. In addition, we completed an assessment of any potential goodwill impairment for all reporting units immediately prior to and after the reallocation and determined that no impairment existed.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, we changed the composition of the Company purchase inventory from clients and resellbusiness unit direct contribution to include certain shared service costs. Prior year amounts have been reclassified to include those allocated expenses.
The following table discloses segment information for the inventory to client customers. In this segment, the Company generally recognizes product revenue. Goodwill acquired through acquisitions is recognized as part of the PFSweb segment.

periods presented (in thousands):

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Revenues (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PFSweb

$

283,270

 

 

$

284,331

 

 

$

228,504

 

Business and Retail Connect

 

63,060

 

 

 

68,097

 

 

 

76,142

 

Eliminations

 

(19,505

)

 

 

(17,785

)

 

 

(16,377

)

 

$

326,825

 

 

$

334,643

 

 

$

288,269

 

Income (loss) from operations (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PFSweb

$

(2,127

)

 

$

(5,730

)

 

$

(6,338

)

Business and Retail Connect

 

2,725

 

 

 

2,890

 

 

 

1,731

 

 

$

598

 

 

$

(2,840

)

 

$

(4,607

)

Depreciation and amortization (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PFSweb

$

14,883

 

 

$

15,355

 

 

$

14,763

 

Business and Retail Connect

 

16

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

68

 

 

$

14,899

 

 

$

15,377

 

 

$

14,831

 

Capital expenditures (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PFSweb

$

4,652

 

 

$

8,683

 

 

$

4,489

 

Business and Retail Connect

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,652

 

 

$

8,713

 

 

$

4,489

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

Assets (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PFSweb

$

157,585

 

 

$

167,152

 

 

 

 

 

Business and Retail Connect

 

40,851

 

 

 

55,559

 

 

 

 

 

Eliminations

 

(12,649

)

 

 

(11,375

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

185,787

 

 

$

211,336

 

 

 

 

 

68


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

 Year ended December 31,
 2019 2018
Revenues:   
PFS Operations$216,399
 $241,736
LiveArea Professional Services77,623
 84,424
Total revenues$294,022
 $326,160
Business unit direct contribution:   
PFS Operations$11,545
 $18,946
LiveArea Professional Services9,247
 10,257
Total business unit direct contribution20,792
 29,203
Unallocated corporate expenses(19,905) (22,706)
Income from operations$887
 $6,497
Depreciation and amortization:   
PFS Operations$8,047
 $7,920
LiveArea Professional Services1,162
 2,276
Unallocated corporate expenses1,158
 1,171
Total depreciation and amortization$10,367
 $11,367
Geographic areas in which the Company operates include the United States, Europe (primarily Belgium and U.K.), Canada and India. Substantially all of the services performed in India support client arrangements in the United States, where the resulting revenue is reported. The following is geographic information by area. Revenues are attributed based on the Company’s domicile.

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Revenues (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

$

265,144

 

 

$

280,323

 

 

$

243,745

 

Europe

 

55,943

 

 

 

47,739

 

 

 

42,438

 

Canada

 

5,847

 

 

 

7,511

 

 

 

6,306

 

India

 

8,747

 

 

 

6,260

 

 

 

3,311

 

Inter-segment Eliminations

 

(8,856

)

 

 

(7,190

)

 

 

(7,531

)

 

$

326,825

 

 

$

334,643

 

 

$

288,269

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

Long-lived assets (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

$

62,257

 

 

$

70,313

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

10,425

 

 

 

11,182

 

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

170

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

 

 

India

 

4,256

 

 

 

4,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

77,108

 

 

$

85,792

 

 

 

 

 

14.

 Year Ended
December 31,
 2019 2018
Revenues (in thousands):   
United States$243,897
 $263,506
Europe46,581
 58,027
Canada3,476
 4,642
India8,098
 8,900
Inter-segment Eliminations(8,030) (8,915)
 $294,022
 $326,160
 December 31,
 2019 2018
Long-lived assets (in thousands):   
United States$76,870
 $59,530
Europe23,314
 8,695
Canada1,198
 139
India3,757
 3,621
 $105,139
 $71,985
15. Employee Savings Plan

The Company has a defined contribution employee savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Substantially all full-time and part-time U.S. employees are eligible to participate in the plan. The Company, at its discretion, may match employee contributions to the plan and also make an additional matching contribution in the form of profit sharing in recognition of the Company’s performance. Our employees in Europe and Canada also have defined contribution plans.  The Company contributed

60


Table of Contents

approximately $0.5 million $0.4$0.7 million and $0.3$0.5 million during the yearsended December 31, 2017, 20162019 and 2015,2018, respectively, to match an approved percentage of employee contributions.

15. Quarterly Data – Seasonality (Unaudited)

The seasonality of the Company’s business is dependent upon the seasonality of its clients’ business and their sale of products. Management believes that with the Company’s current client mix and their clients’ business volumes, the Company’s service fee revenue business activity and pass-through revenue is at its highest in the quarter ended December 31 subject to transactional volumes of its clients. Supplier Distributors’ product revenue business activity is generally expected to be more evenly distributed throughout the year. The Company’s fourth quarter accounted for 28.4% and 30.6% of its net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The estimated performance-based liability related to the CrossView acquisition was increased by $3.7 million during the three months ended December 31, 2016 based on CrossView’s 2016 financial performance and updated projections for 2017.

69


PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (continued)

Unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (amounts in thousands, except per share data):

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

March 31,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

Year Ended 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

$

78,768

 

 

$

78,066

 

 

$

77,318

 

 

$

92,673

 

(Loss) income from operations

 

(3,444

)

 

 

(1,570

)

 

 

1,167

 

 

 

4,445

 

Net (loss) income

 

(4,856

)

 

 

(2,596

)

 

 

(98

)

 

 

3,586

 

Basic (loss) earnings per common share

$

(0.26

)

 

$

(0.14

)

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

0.19

 

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share

$

(0.26

)

 

$

(0.14

)

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

0.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

March 31,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

Year Ended 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

$

75,080

 

 

$

77,199

 

 

$

79,910

 

 

$

102,454

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

198

 

 

 

(1,385

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(1,647

)

Net loss

 

(752

)

 

 

(2,182

)

 

 

(1,039

)

 

 

(3,557

)

Basic and diluted loss per common share

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(0.12

)

 

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.19

)

16. Subsequent Events

In January 2018, Supplies Distributors entered into Amendment No. 19 to the IBM Credit Facility. The Amended IBM Credit Facility adjusts the minimum borrowing under the facility from $13.0 million to $11.0 million and lowers the minimum PFS Subordinated Note receivable PFSweb is required to maintain from $2.5 million to $1.0 million.


Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

None.

Item 9A.

Controls And Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain a comprehensive set of disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). As of December 31, 2017,2019, an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, these disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the period that ended on December 31, 2017, there was no change in internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed, under the supervision of our principleprincipal executive and principleprincipal financial officers and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and Board of Directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017.2019. This evaluation was based on the framework in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 2013. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017. 2019.
Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2019, as stated in their report, which is included herein.


Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
During the quarter ended on December 31, 2019, there was no change in internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


61


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Shareholders and Board of Directors

PFSweb, Inc.

505 Millennium Dr.

Allen, TX 75013

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited PFSweb, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2019, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss,income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the periodthen ended, December 31, 2017, and the related notes and schedule, and our report dated March 16, 201813, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Dallas, Texas

March 16, 2018


13, 2020

62


Table of Contents

Item 9B.

Other Information

None.

None.


63


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information required by Part III, Item 10, is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 20182019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”).

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

Information required by Part III, Item 11 is set forth in our Proxy Statement isand incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information required by Part III, Item 12 is set forth in our Proxy Statement isand incorporated herein by reference.

The following table summarizes information with respect to equity compensation plans under which equity securities of the Company are authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2017:

 

(a)

Number of

securities to be issued upon

exercise of

outstanding

options, warrants and rights

 

 

(b)

Weighted-

average

exercise price

of outstanding

options,

warrants and rights (2)

 

 

(c)

Number of

securities

remaining available

for future issuance

under equity compensation plans (excluding

securities reflected in column (a)

 

Plan category (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by

   shareholders

 

1,674,027

 

 

$

7.33

 

 

 

860,256

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by

   shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019:
 (a)
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
 (b)
Weighted-
average
exercise price
of outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights (2)
 (c)
Number of
securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a)
Plan category (1)     
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders2,311,988
 $6.65
 639,685
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders
   

(1)

(1)See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more detailed information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans.

(2)

(2)Excludes 176,726254,228 service-based restricted stock units, 279,153227,221 performance-based and market-based restricted stock units and 182,306451,989 deferred stock units.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Information regarding certain of our relationships and related transactions will be included in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information required by Part III, Item 14 is set forth in our Proxy Statement isand incorporated herein by reference.



64


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1.

Financial Statements

PFSweb, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

Income (Loss)

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules are omitted because the required information is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule or because the information required is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

2.Exhibits

2.

Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit
Number

Description of Exhibits

3.1 (1)

3.1

3.1.1 (12)

3.1.1

3.1.2 (20)

3.1.2

3.1.3 (23)

3.1.3
3.1.4

3.1.4 (32)

3.2

3.1.5 (15)

3.2.1

3.1.6 (26)

3.2.2

3.2 (1)

Amended and Restated Bylaws.

3.2.3 (32)

4.1 (18)

4.1

4.1 (19)

4.2**
4.1.7

4.1 (25)

Amendment No. 2 to Rights Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2010 between the Company and Mellon Investor Services LLC, as successor to ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as rights agent.

4.1 (26)

Amendment No. 3 to Rights Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2010 between the Company and Mellon Investor Services LLC, as successor to ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as rights agent.

4.1 (29)

Amendment No. 4 to Rights Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2013 between the Company and Computershare Shareowner Services LLC (formerly known as Mellon Investor Services LLC,) as successor to ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as rights agent.

4.1 (37)

Amendment No. 57 to Rights Agreement, dated as of June 18, 201527, 2018 between the Company and Computershare Inc., successor in interest to Computershare Shareowner Services LLC (formerly known as Mellon Investor Services LLC,) as successor to ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as rights agent.


Exhibit
Number

Description of Exhibits

4.1 (38)

Amendment No. 6 to Rights Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2015 between the Company and Computershare, Inc., Computershare Shareowner Services LLC (formerly known as Mellon Investor Services LLC,) as successor to ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as rights agent.

10.1 (11)

10.5

Amendment 6 to Agreement for Inventory Financing.

10.2 (10)

Amendment 5 to Amended and Restated Platinum Plan Agreement.

10.3 (10)

Agreement for IBM Global Financing Platinum Plan Invoice Discounting Schedule.

10.4 (10)

Amendment No. 5 to Agreement for Inventory Financing.

10.5 (1)

10.6 (1)

Lease Contract between Transports Weerts and Priority Fulfillment Services Europe B.V.

10.7 (2)

10.7*

10.8 (3)

10.8

10.9 (3)

Amended and Restated Collateralized Guaranty by and between Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc. and IBM Credit Corporation.

10.10 (3)

10.11

Amended and Restated Guaranty to IBM Credit Corporation by PFSweb, Inc.

10.11 (3)

10.12 (4)

10.12*

10.12.1 (21)

10.12.1*

10.12.2 (21)

10.12.2*

10.13 (5)

Amendment to Agreement for Inventory Financing by and among Business Supplies Distributors Holdings, LLC, Supplies Distributors, Inc., Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc., PFSweb, Inc., Inventory Financing Partners, LLC and IBM Credit Corporation.

10.14 (6)

10.34*

Amendment to Agreement for Inventory Financing by and among Business Supplies Distributors Holdings, LLC, Supplies Distributors, Inc., Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc., PFSweb, Inc., and IBM Credit LLC.

10.15 (7)

Second Amendment to Industrial Lease Agreement between ProLogis North Carolina Limited Partnership and Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc.

10.16 (7)

Modification, Ratification and Extension of Lease between Shelby Drive Corporation and Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc.

10.17 (8)

Amendment 4 to Agreement for Inventory Financing by and among Business Supplies Distributors Holdings, LLC, Supplies Distributors, Inc., Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc., PFSweb, Inc., and IBM Credit LLC.

10.18 (8)

Form of Modification to Executive Severance Agreement.

10.19 (9)

Industrial Lease Agreement by and between Industrial Developments International, Inc. and Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc.

10.20 (9)

Guaranty by PFSweb, Inc. in favor of Industrial Developments International, Inc.

10.21 (13)

Amendment 7 to Agreement for Inventory Financing.

10.22 (13)

Amendment 6 to Amended and Restated Platinum Plan Agreement.

10.23 (13)

Agreement for IBM Global Financing Platinum Plan Invoice Discounting Schedule.

10.24 (14)

Amendment 8 to Agreement for Inventory Financing.


Exhibit
Number

Description of Exhibits

10.25 (14)

Amendment 7 to Amended and Restated Platinum Plan Agreement.

10.26 (14)

Agreement for IBM Global Financing Platinum Plan Invoice Discounting Schedule.

10.27 (16)

Second Amendment to Industrial Lease Agreement by and between Industrial Property Fund VI, LLC and Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc.

10.28 (17)

Amendment 9 to Agreement for Inventory Financing.

10.29 (17)

Amendment 8 to Amended and Restated Platinum Plan Agreement.

10.30 (17)

Agreement for IBM Global Financing Platinum Plan Invoice Discounting Schedule.

10.31 (22)

Amendment 10 to Agreement for Inventory Financing.

10.32 (22)

Amendment 9 to Amended and Restated Platinum Plan Agreement.

10.33 (22)

Agreement for IBM Global Financing Platinum Plan Invoice Discounting Schedule.

10.34 (23)

Amended and Restated 2005 Employee Stock and Incentive Plan of PFSweb, Inc.

10.35 (24)

Eighth Amended and Restated Notes Payable Subordination Agreement by and between Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc., Supplies Distributors, Inc. and IBM Credit Corporation.

10.36 (24)

10.42

Amendment 11 to Agreement for Inventory Financing.

10.37 (24)

Amendment 10 to Amended and Restated Platinum Plan Agreement.

10.38 (24)

Agreement for IBM Global Financing Platinum Plan Invoice Discounting Schedule.

10.39 (27)

Amendment 12 to Agreement for Inventory Financing.

10.40 (27)

Amendment 11 to Amended and Restated Platinum Plan Agreement.

10.41 (27)

Agreement for IBM Global Financing Platinum Plan Invoice Discounting Schedule.

10.42 (28)

10.43 (28)


65


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description of Exhibits
10.43

10.44 (28)

10.44

10.45 (28)

10.45

10.46 (28)

Amendment 13 to Agreement for Inventory Financing.

10.47 (30)

10.48 (31)

10.48

10.49 (32)

10.49

10.50 (34)

10.55*
10.56*
10.57*
10.58*
10.59*
10.60*
10.61
10.62
10.63
10.64
10.66
10.67
10.70*
10.71*
10.72*
10.73*
10.74*
10.76
10.77
10.78

10.51 (35)

Ninth Amended and Restated Notes Payable Subordination Agreement by and between Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc., Supplies Distributors, Inc. and IBM Credit Corporation.

10.52 (36)

10.79

Form of 2015 Company Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

10.53 (36)

Form of 2015 Individual Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

10.54 (36)

Form of 2015 Performance Shares Award Agreement.


Exhibit
Number

Description of Exhibits

10.55 (37)

Credit Agreement dated August 5, 2015 by and among Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc., PFSweb, Inc., and certain Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Incremental Commitment Lenders and Regions Bank.

10.56 (37)

Asset Purchase Agreement by and among CrossView, Inc., Cardinal Asset Acquisition Corp., PFSweb, Inc., and Shareholders of CrossView, Inc.


66


Table of Contents

10.57 (37)

Amendment 16 to Agreement for Inventory Financing by and among IBM Credit LLC and Business Supplies Distributors Holdings, LLC, Supplies Distributors, Inc., Priority Fulfillment Services Inc., and PFSweb, Inc.

10.58 (38)

Exhibit
Number

Description of Exhibits

10.80

10.59 (38)

10.81

10.60 (39)

10.82

10.61 (39)

10.83

10.62 (39)

Deed of Sub-Lease dated December 31, 2015 by and between Milestone Buildcon Private Limited and PFSweb Global Services Private Limited.

10.63 (40)

10.84*

10.64 (41)

Second Amendment to Lease agreement dated October 20, 2016 by and between Stateline J, LLC and Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc.

10.65 (41)

Lease Extension and Amending agreement dated May 31, 2016 by and between M&R Commercial Properties, Inc. and Priority Fulfillment Services of Canada, Inc.

10.66 (41)

First Amendment to Lease agreement dated September 16, 2016 by and between Binyan Realty, LP and Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc.

10.67 (41)

Second Amendment to Lease agreement dated September 16, 2016 by and between Binyan Realty, LP and Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc.

10.68 (42)

Expansion Agreement and Amendment to Lease agreement dated June 20, 2016 by and between 2145312 Ontario, Inc. and Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc.

10.69 (42)

Settlement and Release Agreement between Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc. and Cindy Almond.

10.70 (43)

Form of 2017 STI Company Performance Based Cash Award.

10.71 (43)

Form of 2017 STI Company Performance Based Share Award.

10.72 (43)

Form of 2017 LTI Time Based Restricted Stock Unit Award.

10.73 (43)

Form of 2017 LTI Non- Executive Time and Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Award.

10.74 (43)

Form of 2017 LTI TSR Executive Performance Based Share Award.

10.75 (46)

Sixth Amendment to LeaseEmployment Agreement by and between Western B. South MS, LLCPFSweb, Inc. and Priority Fulfillment Services, Inc.Anu Jain, dated August 14, 2017.as of April 1, 2019.

10.76 (46)

10.85*

10.77 (47)

Amendment 19 to Agreement for Inventory Financing.

10.86*

21 (47)

21**

23.1 (47)

23.1**

31.1 (47)

24.1**

Power of Attorney

31.1**

Exhibit
Number

Description of Exhibits

31.2 (47)

31.2**

32.1 (47)

32.1**

101.INS (47)

101.INS**XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH (47)

101.SCH**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.

101.CAL (47)

101.CAL**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.

101.DEF (47)

101DEF**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.

101.LAB (47)

101.LAB**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.

101.PRE (47)

101.PRE**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

(1)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-87657).

*    Denotes management or compensatory agreements

(2)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001.

**    Filed herewith

(3)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2002.

(4)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2002.

(5)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

(6)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003.

(7)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

(8)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004.

(9)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004.

(10)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2005.

(11)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2005.

(12)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.

(13)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2006.

(14)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.

(15)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Report on Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2007.

(16)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.

(17)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2008.

(18)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 14, 2000.

(19)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Report on Form 8-K filed on May 30, 2008.

(20)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2008.

(21)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009.

(22)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2008.

(23)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2009.

(24)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2010.

(25)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Report on Form 8-K filed on May 25, 2010.

(26)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2010.

(27)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2011.

(28)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.

(29)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Report on Form 8-K filed on May 15, 2013.

(30)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2013.

(31)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Report on Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2013.

(32)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Report on Form 8-K filed on July 18, 2013.

(33)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

(34)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2014.

(35)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2014.

(36)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Report on Form 8-K filed on April 6, 2015.

(37)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2015.

(38)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Report on Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2015.

(39)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2015.

(40)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2015.

(41)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2016.

(42)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2016.


(43)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2016.

(44)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2017.

(45)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2017.

(46)

Incorporated by reference from PFSweb, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2017.

(47)

Filed herewith.


SCHEDULE I

PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

BALANCE SHEETS – PARENT COMPANY ONLY

(In thousands)

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

618

 

 

$

144

 

Total current assets

 

618

 

 

 

144

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

54,981

 

 

 

52,725

 

Total assets

$

55,599

 

 

$

52,869

 

LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance-based contingent payments

$

3,967

 

 

$

2,405

 

Total current liabilities

 

3,967

 

 

 

2,405

 

Performance-based contingent payments, less current portion

 

 

 

 

1,678

 

Payable to subsidiaries

 

10,335

 

 

 

8,503

 

Total liabilities

 

14,302

 

 

 

12,586

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

 

 

Common stock

 

19

 

 

 

19

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

150,614

 

 

 

146,286

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(109,281

)

 

 

(105,317

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

70

 

 

 

(580

)

Treasury stock

 

(125

)

 

 

(125

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

41,297

 

 

 

40,283

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$

55,599

 

 

$

52,869

 

 The condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.


SCHEDULE I

PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS – PARENT COMPANY ONLY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

(In thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

$

5,451

 

 

$

3,008

 

 

$

5,594

 

Equity in net (income) loss of consolidated subsidiaries

 

(1,611

)

 

 

4,408

 

 

 

2,130

 

Total operating expenses

 

3,840

 

 

 

7,416

 

 

 

7,724

 

Interest expense

 

124

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

137

 

NET LOSS

$

(3,964

)

 

$

(7,530

)

 

$

(7,861

)

The condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.


SCHEDULE I

PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS – PARENT COMPANY ONLY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

(In thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

$

(3,964

)

 

$

(7,530

)

 

$

(7,861

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in

   operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

3,333

 

 

 

2,111

 

 

 

4,637

 

Non-cash compensation expense

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in performance-based contingent payments

 

2,242

 

 

 

1,011

 

 

 

891

 

Equity in net (income) loss of consolidated subsidiaries

 

(1,611

)

 

 

4,408

 

 

 

2,130

 

Net cash provided by (used) in operating activities

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

(203

)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

(8,359

)

 

 

(31,619

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

(8,359

)

 

 

(31,619

)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

770

 

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

1,483

 

Payments on performance-based contingent payments

 

(2,004

)

 

 

(6,354

)

 

 

 

Increase in payable from subsidiaries, net

 

1,580

 

 

 

13,349

 

 

 

30,089

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

346

 

 

 

8,198

 

 

 

31,572

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH

 

474

 

 

 

(161

)

 

 

(250

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period

 

144

 

 

 

305

 

 

 

555

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period

$

618

 

 

$

144

 

 

$

305

 

The condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.


SCHEDULE II

PFSWEB, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

Charges to

 

 

Charges to

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

Beginning

 

 

Cost and

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

at end

 

 

of Period

 

 

Expenses

 

 

Accounts

 

 

Deductions

 

 

of Period

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$

494

 

 

$

(26

)

 

$

 

 

$

(95

)

 

$

373

 

Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory

$

568

 

 

$

58

 

 

$

 

 

$

(284

)

 

$

342

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$

600

 

 

$

4

 

 

$

 

 

$

(110

)

 

$

494

 

Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory

$

739

 

 

$

57

 

 

$

 

 

$

(228

)

 

$

568

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$

447

 

 

$

187

 

 

$

 

 

$

(34

)

 

$

600

 

Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory

$

768

 

 

$

93

 

 

$

 

 

$

(122

)

 

$

739

 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Item 16.Form 10-K Summary

None.


67


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

By:

Dated March 13, 2020By:/s/Thomas J. Madden 

Thomas J. Madden,

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Accounting Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Michael Willoughby and Thomas J. Madden, and each of them, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

SignatureTitleDate
/s/Michael Willoughby

Michael Willoughby

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

March 16, 2018

13, 2020

Michael Willoughby

/s/Thomas J. Madden

Thomas J. Madden

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

March 13, 2020
Thomas J. Madden
/s/Stephanie DelaCruzVice President Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 16, 2018

13, 2020

Stephanie DelaCruz

/s/James F. Reilly 

Chairman of the Board

March 16, 2018

13, 2020

James F. Reilly

/s/Monica Luechtefeld

Director

March 16, 2018

13, 2020

Monica Luechtefeld

/s/David I. Beatson 

Director

March 16, 2018

13, 2020

David I. Beatson

/s/Benjamin Rosenzweig 

Director

March 16, 2018

13, 2020

Benjamin Rosenzweig

/s/Shinichi Nagakura 

Director

March 16, 2018

13, 2020

Shinichi Nagakura

/s/Peter J. Stein 

Director

March 16, 2018

13, 2020

Peter J. Stein

/s/Robert FrankfurtDirectorMarch 13, 2020
Robert Frankfurt
/s/G. Mercedes De LucaDirectorMarch 13, 2020
G. Mercedes De Luca

84


68